Vous êtes sur la page 1sur 148

Installation and Operation Instructions Document 1464C

Installation and Operation Instructions for

OMNITHERM ®

Category II and IV Venting


with Laars Linc®

Boiler Water Heater


Model OCH1250 Model OCV1250
1,250 MBTU/h 1,250 MBTU/h
Model OCH1500 Model OCV1500
1,500 MBTU/h 1,500 MBTU/h
Model OCH1750 Model OCV1750
1,750 MBTU/h 1,750 MBTU/h
Model OCH2000 Model OCV2000
2,000 MBTU/h 2,000 MBTU/h
Model OCH2500 Model OCV2500
2,500 MBTU/h 2,500 MBTU/h
Model OCH3000 Model OCV3000
3,000 MBTU/h 3,000 MBTU/h

FOR YOUR SAFETY: This product must be installed and serviced by a professional service technician, qualified
in hot water boiler and heater installation and maintenance. Improper installation and/or operation could create
carbon monoxide gas in flue gases which could cause serious injury, property damage, or death. Improper
installation and/or operation will void the warranty.

WARNING AVERTISSEMENT
If the information in this manual is not followed Assurez-vous de bien suivres les instructions
exactly, a fire or explosion may result causing données dans cette notice pour réduire au minimum
property damage, personal injury or loss of life. le risque d’incendie ou d’explosion ou pour éviter
tout dommage matériel, toute blessure ou la mort.

Do not store or use gasoline or other flammable Ne pas entreposer ni utiliser d’essence ni d’autres
vapors and liquids in the vicinity of this or any vapeurs ou liquides inflammables dans le voisinage de
other unit. cet appareil ou de tout autre appareil.
QUE FAIRE SI VOUS SENTEZ UNE ODEUR DE GAZ:
WHAT TO DO IF YOU SMELL GAS
• Ne pas tenter d’allumer d’appareils.
• Do not try to light any unit.
• Ne touchez à aucun interrupteur. Ne pas vous servir des
• Do not touch any electrical switch; do not use
téléphones dansle bâtiment où vous êtes.
any phone in your building.
• Appelez immédiatement votre fournisseur de gaz depuis
• Immediately call your gas supplier from a un voisin. Suivez les instructions du fournisseur.
nearby phone. Follow the gas supplier's • Si vous ne pouvez rejoindre le fournisseur de gaz,
instructions. appelez le service des incendies.
• If you cannot reach your gas supplier, call the L’installation et l’entretien doivent être assurés par un
fire department. installateur ou un service d’entretien qualifié ou par le
Installation and service must be performed by fournisseur de gaz.
a qualified installer, service agency, or gas supplier.
H2408400C
Page 2 LAARS Heating Systems

Table of Contents
SECTION 1 G
 eneral Information
1.A Introduction..................................................5 5.A.2 Cold Water Make-Up.................................28
1.B Warranty......................................................5 5.A.3 Freeze Protection......................................28
1.C Model Identification...................................... 5 5.A.4 Suggested Boiler Piping Schematics....29-31
1.D Safety Notes................................................6 5.B Water Heaters............................................32
1.E Unit Dimensions and Components.............. 8 5.B.1 Water Quality.............................................32
1.E.1 Model 1250 / 1500....................................... 8 5.B.2 Heater Water Connections........................ 32
1.E.2 Model 1750................................................10 5.B.3 Cold Water Make-Up.................................32
1.E.3 Models 2000 / 2500................................... 12 5.B.4 Freeze Protection .....................................32
1.F Unpacking..................................................14 5.B.5 Suggested Piping Schematics .................. 32
1.G Locating the Unit........................................14
1.H Clearances................................................14 SECTION 6 Condensate Drain Trap............... 34

SECTION 2 Venting and Combustion Air SECTION 7 Electrical Connections


2.A General Venting Info.................................. 15 7.A Installation Warnings................................. 34
2.A.1 Vent and Air Pipe Sizing ........................... 15 7.B Main Power Connections........................... 35
2.A.1.a Category II Vent.........................................16 7.C Main Power Data.......................................35
2.A.1.b Category IV Vent.......................................16 7.D Control Panel Layout................................. 36
2.A.2 Vent and Air Pipe Material......................... 16 7.E Field Connections......................................36
2.A.3 Exhaust Vent Terminal............................... 17 7.E.1 Power........................................................37
2.A.4 Air for Combustion and Ventilation............ 17 7.E.2 Boiler Pump...............................................37
2.A.4.a Combustion Air From Room...................... 17 7.E.3 Dry Contacts..............................................37
2.A.4.b Ducted Combustion Air.............................. 17 7.E.4 Alarm Bell..................................................37
2.B Common Venting.......................................18 7.E.5 Sensors.....................................................37
2.B.1 Common Venting.......................................18 7.E.6 Heat Demands...........................................38
2.B.2 Removing a Boiler From an 7.E.7 Spare Inputs..............................................38
Existing Common Vent System................. 18 7.E.8 Inputs, BMS ..............................................38
2.C Locating Vent & Combustion 7.E.9 Outputs, Pump...........................................38
Air Terminals..............................................20 7.E.10 Dry Contacts (Run & Alarm)...................... 38
2.C.1 Side Wall Vent Terminal............................. 20
7.E.11 RS 485 for Cascade (Lead Lag) .............. 38
2.C.2 Side-wall Combustion Air Terminal ........... 21
7.E.12 RS485 BMS...............................................39
2.C.3 Vertical Vent Terminal................................ 21
7.F Modbus/BACnet Memory Map.............41-43
2.C.4 Vertical Combustion Air Terminal............... 21
7.G Wiring Diagrams, High Voltage.................. 44
2.D Outdoor Installation................................... 23
7.H Ladder Diagrams..................................49-55
2.E Installations in the
7.I Wiring Diagram..........................................56
Commonwealth of Massachusetts............ 24

SECTION 8 Control Operation


SECTION 3 Gas supply and Piping
8.A The Home Screen.....................................58
3.A Gas Supply and Piping.............................. 24
8.A.1 Home Screen Active Icons........................ 58
3.B Gas Pipe Sizing.........................................25
8.A.2 Keypad Operations....................................59
8.B Login to Lock / Unlock the Disp Screen..... 60
SECTION 4 Water Flow and Headloss Data
8.C Quick Start ...............................................61
4.A General Water Flow Information................ 25
8.C.1 CH (Central Heat).....................................61
4.B Boiler Water Flow & Headloss Data.......... 26
8.C.1.a CH1 (Central Heat, One) 1....................... 62
4.C Water Heater Flow and Headloss Data..... 26
4.D Recovery Data...........................................27
8.C.1.b CH2 (Central Heat, Two) 2...................... 62
8.C.2 DHW (Domestic Hot Water) ..................... 62
SECTION 5 Piping 8.C.3 Outdoor Reset ..........................................62
5.A Boiler Water Piping....................................28 8.C.4 Warm Weather Shut Down ...................... 63
5.A.1 Boiler Water Connections.......................... 28 8.C.5 Anti-Short Cycle ........................................64
i 8.C.6 Time & Date ..............................................64
The OMNITHERM Page 3

SECTION 8 (continued) SECTION 9 G


 as Valve Touchscreen,
Menus and Descriptions
8.D Configuration............................................. 65
9.A About the Gas Valve..................................97
8.D.1 CH (Central Heat)...................................... 65
9.B Menu Structure (Example)........................ 98
8.D.1.a CH1 (Central Heat, One)........................... 66
8.D.1.a.1 PID Low.....................................................67
9.C Gas Valve Display Navigation and Menus.98
8.D.1.a.2 PID High.................................................... 67 9.D Fuel Air Ratio & Ignition, Menus.............. 100
8.D.1.b CH2 (Central Heat, Two)........................... 67 9.D.1 OEM........................................................101
8.D.2 DHW (Domestic Hot Water)....................... 68 9.D.2 Ignition Menu ....................................102
8.D.3 Outdoor Reset .......................................... 69 9.D.3 Base Curve Menu ..................................103
8.D.4 Cascade (All about Lead / Lag)................... 70 9.D.4 Correction Curve Menu........................... 103
8.D.4.a Cascade Parameters ................................ 75 9.D.5 Summary Menu.......................................106
8.D.4.a.1 Base / Drop Load....................................... 76 9.D.6 Load & Save Menu .................................106
8.D.4.b Rotation .................................................... 76 9.E Diagnostics .............................................106
8.D.4.b.1 Rotation Setup.......................................... 77 9.F Verification Menu.....................................106
8.D.4.c Redundancy.............................................. 77 9.G Gas Valve Password & Login Menu ....... 108
8.D.5 Pumps ......................................................78
8.D.5.a Vari-Prime.................................................. 79 SECTION 10 Parameter Tables..................... 109
8.D.6 Manual Firing Rate ................................... 80
8.D.6 Temp Limits .............................................. 80 SECTION 11 Initial startup Instructions
8.D.7.a Delta T Parameters.................................... 81 11.A Filling the Boiler System.......................... 113
8.D.7.b Flue Limitation Parameters........................ 81 11.B Initial Operation....................................... 114
8.D.7.c Outlet Limitation Parameters..................... 81 11.B.1 Initial Burner Operation............................ 114
8.D.8 External .................................................... 82 11.C Shutting Down the Unit............................ 114
8.D.8.a External – Remote Set Point..................... 83 11.D Restarting the Unit................................... 114
8.D.8.b External Firing Rate................................... 83
11.E Combustion setup.................................... 115
8.D.9 Time & Date .............................................. 84
11.E.1 Firing Rate for Boiler................................ 115
8.D.10 Miscellaneous Features .......................... 84
11.E.2 Combustion at the Gas Valve Display..... 116
8.D.10.a Demands Priorities .................................. 85
8.D.10.b Anti-Short Cycle ........................................ 85
SECTION 12 Maintenance
8.D.10.c Warm Weather ......................................... 86
12.A System Maintenance .............................. 117
8.D.10.d COM Port, BMS ........................................ 87
8.D.10.e Temperature Conversion .......................... 88
12.B Maintenance Notes.................................. 117
8.D.10.f Anti-Frost .................................................. 88 12.B.1 Burner...................................................... 117
8.D.11 Login .........................................................89 12.B.2 Gas Valve / Venturi.................................. 117
8.E Service Screens........................................ 90 12.B.3 Main OmniTherm Controller.................... 118
8.E.1 Burner (Enable/Disable............................. 90 12.B.4 Valve Control / Display............................. 118
8.E.2 Digital I/O Inputs....................................... 91 12.B.5 Spark & Flame Sensors Electrodes......... 118
8.E.2.a Digital Outputs........................................... 91 12.B.6 Blower...................................................... 118
8.E.3 Analog I/O.................................................. 92 12.B.7 Heat Exchanger Tubes............................ 118
8.E.4 Screen Settings Timeout........................... 93 12.B.8 Gas Pressure Switches........................... 118
8.E.5 History.......................................................93
8.E.6 Restart Touchscreen & Recalibrate........... 94 SECTION 13 Troubleshooting
8.E.7 Factory Reset............................................ 94 13.A Error Codes.............................................120
8.E.8 HMI Model OEM only................................ 94 13.B SV2 Fault Codes.....................................124
8.E.9 BIC Model OEM only................................ 94
8.E.10 Both Models. OEM only. .......................... 94 SECTION 14 Replacement Parts
8.E.11 About the Firmware of the touchscreen. ... 94 14.A General Information.................................131
8.E.12 Dev Fan ....................................................94 14.B Component Illustrations, Parts Lists,
8.E.13 Fan Settings ............................................ 94 and Part Numbers............................131-148
8.F Messages and USB................................... 95
8.F.1 Messages.................................................. 95
8.F.2 USB Functionality...................................... 95
8.G Active Demands........................................ 96 ii
Page 4 LAARS Heating Systems

OMNITHERM

3000

2000 & 2500


60
1750
1250 & 1500

FRONT VIEW

OMT
OThe
MNITHERM
OMNITHERM
®

OmniTherm - Category II / IV Vent Page 5


Commercial Boiler / Water Heater OCH & OCV with Laars Linc Control

SECTION 1 General Information Standard Features


1.A Introduction
 ASME "H" stamp (OCH) 1.B demands
 Multiple, independent heat Warranty . Outdoor reset with sensor (OCH)
 ASME "HLW" stamp (OCV)  Sealed combustion chamber  High & low gas pressure switches
This manual provides information necessary for the LAARS Heating Systems OmniTherm appliances
 160 psi maximum working pressure  Pre-mix stainless steel burner  Vent temperature cutoff
installation, operation, and maintenance of LAARS are covered by a limited warranty. The owner should
 Certified for Category II & IV vent
Heating Systems OmniTherm appliances. Read Control cascades with up to
it  Normally open alarm contact
complete the warranty registration at www.Laars.com.
 Cat IVbefore
carefully horizontal or vertical
starting direct vent
the installation. eight OmniTherm OCH / OCV units  Air filter
 Cat IV vent & air pipe lengths of up to  VARI-PRIME boiler pump All warranty
control
claims
 must be made to an authorized
Water flow switch
All application and installation procedures should LAARS Heating Systems representative. Claims
100 equivalent feet (each)  Temperature & pressure gauge
be reviewed completely before proceeding with withfixed
the delta T control for
must include the serial number and model (this
 Indoor / outdoor
installation. Consult the LAARS Heating Systems variable flow through boiler (OCH)  Low water cutoff
information can be found on the rating plate),
 Low NOx system exceeds the 
factory, or local factory representative, with any Accepts 4-20ma or 0-10VDC  75 psi (517kPa) ASME rated
installation date, and name of the installer. Shipping
most stringent NOx regulations
problems or questions regarding this equipment. external modulation or external
costs are not includedpressure
in therelief valve (OCH)
warranty coverage

Experience has shown that most operating problems
Sophisticated gas/air valve allows set point control  125 psi (861kPa) ASME rated
are caused by control
for constant improper installation.
of combustion  Modbus RTU & BACnet MSTP pressure relief valve (OCV)
 Stainless steel
OmniTherm heat exchanger
is protected on board A
against over pressurization.  Groove lock fittings
pressure
with welded valve is included with each OmniTherm.
relief construction Multiple pump control, each with delay (optional flange adapter)
 Electronic PID modulating control with
Some OmniTherms may require that the  Indirect DHW priority (OCH)
PRV be  Burner site glass
1.C Model Identification
installed prior to filling
large touchscreen andthe system.
color displayRefer to Domestic
Figures 4-7
water sensor  10-yr limited warranty
for PRV locations. Consult the rating plate on the unit. The following
information describes the model number structure.

Model Nomenclature

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
O C 1

Series Size / MBH Fuel Construction Electrical System Revision


OC - OmniTherm 1 2 5 0 N- Nat X- Standard A- 120V, single phase (1250-2000) 1- First
Cat II & IV 1 5 0 0 J- CSD-1 B- 220/240V, single ph (1500-2500)
1 7 5 0 C- 208V, single phase (1500-2500)
Usage 2 0 0 0 D- 208V, three phase (2500-3000)
H - Hydronic 2 5 0 0 E- 480V, three phase (2500-3000)
V - Volume Water 3 0 0 0 F- 600V, three phase (2500-3000)

Waterway Options
X- std OCH, 75psi PRV, H-Stamp N- OCV w/ H-Stamp, 30psi PRV Additional Options
W- std OCV, 125psi PRV, HLW-Stamp P- OCV w/ H-Stamp, 50psi PRV X- None H- Gateway LONworks
A- 30psi PRV R- OCV w/ H-Stamp, 60psi PRV A- Gateway, BACnet IP & alarm bell
B- 50psi PRV S- OCV w/ H-Stamp, 75psi PRV B- Gateway, LONworks J- Gateway LONworks
C- 60psi PRV T- OCV w/ H-Stamp, 125psi PRV C- Alarm bell & high limits
D- OCV 75psi PRV U- OCV w/ H-Stamp, 150psi PRV D- Auto & manual K- Gateway LONworks
E- OCH 125psi PRV 2- Flange kit, OCV H-Stamp, 30psi PRV high limits & alarm bell
F- 150psi PRV 3- Flange kit, OCV H-Stamp, 50psi PRV E- Gateway BACnet IP & high limits
G- Flange kit & 30psi PRV 4- Flange kit, OCV H-Stamp, 60psi PRV & alarm bell L- Alarm & high limits
H- Flange kit & 50psi PRV 5- Flange kit, OCV H-Stamp, 75psi PRV F- Gateway BACnet IP
J- Flange kit & 60psi PRV 6- Flange kit, OCV H-Stamp, 125psi PRV & high limits
K- Flange kit & 75psi PRV 7- Flange kit, OCV H-Stamp, 150psi PRV G- Gateway BACnet IP
L- Flange kit & 125psi PRV & alarm bell
M- Flange kit & 150psi PRV & high limits

Customer Service and Product Support: 800.900.9276 • Fax 800.559.1583


Headquarters: 20 Industrial Way, Rochester, NH, USA 03867 • 603.335.6300 • Fax 603.335.3355
9 Brigden Gate, Halton Hills, Ontario, Canada L7G 0A3 • 905.203.0600 • Fax 905.636.0666
www.Laars.com Printed in U.S.A. © Laars Heating Systems 20-02 Document 6120A
Page 6 LAARS Heating Systems

1.D Safety Notes


Safety Notes are used thoughout this manual to bring attention to the presence of hazards with various risk
levels and to offer important information concering the life of this product. There are 3 basic types.

1 Indicates an imminently hazardous situation which, if not


WARNING
avoided, can or will result in death or serious injury and can
or will result in catastrophic property damage.
Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided,
2 CAUTION
may result in moderate injury and/or property damage.

Indicates instructions that are important to that topic but not


3 NOTE:
related to personal injury or property damage.

WARNING WARNING
• Water temperature over 125°F (52°C) can cause The inlet gas pressure to the unit must not
severe burns instantly or death from scalds. exceed 13” W.C. (3.2kPa).
• Children, disabled and
elderly are at highest
risk of being scalded. WARNING
• See instruction manual This unit must be installed in accordance with the
before setting temperature procedures detailed in this manual, or the manufacturers
at the unit. warranty will be voided. The installation must conform
• Feel water before bathing to the requirements of the local jurisdiction having
or showering. authority, and, in the United States, to the latest edition
• If this unit is used of the National Fuel Gas Code, ANSI Z223.1/NFPA54.
to produce water that could scald if too hot, such In Canada, the installation must conform to the latest
as domestic hot water use, adjust the outlet control edition of CSA B149.1 Natural Gas and Propane Gas
(limit) or use temperature limiting valves to obtain a Installation Code, and/or local codes. Where required
maximum water temperature of 125°F (52°C). by the authority having jurisdiction, the installation of
these units must conform to the Standard for Controls
and Safety Devices for Automatically Fired Boilers,
ANSI/ASME CSD-1. Any modifications to the boiler, its
WARNING gas controls, or wiring may void the warranty. If field
Fire or Explosion Hazard conditions require modifications, consult the factory
Improper configuration can cause fuel buildup and representative before initiating such modifications.
explosion. Improper user operation may result in
property loss, severe physical injury, or death.
Any changes to safety-related configuration WARNING
parameters must only be done by experienced and/or
licensed burner/boiler operators and mechanics. Carbon Monoxide Hazard
If any odor of gas is detected, or if the gas burner does Improper adjustment of the burners may lead to poor
not appear to be functioning in a normal manner, close combustion quality, increasing the amount of carbon
the main gas shutoff valve. Do not shut off the power monoxide produced. Excessive carbon monoxide
switch. Contact your heating contractor, gas company, levels may lead to personal injury or death.
or factory representative.

WARNING
NOTE: This unit is protected against hydronic
CANCER AND REPRODUCTIVE HARM.
over-pressurization. A pressure relief valve is included
with each unit. WWW.P65WARNINGS.CA.GOV.
AS REQUIRED BY THE STATE OF
CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65.
The OMNITHERM Page 7

WARNING NOTE: All installations must be made in accordance with


Electrical Shock Hazard 1) American National Standard Z223.1/NFPA54-Latest
Edition “National Fuel Gas Code” or
Electrical shock can cause severe injury, death or 2) CSA B149.1 “Natural Gas and Propane Installation
property damage. Disconnect the power supply before Code” or in Canada reference the B149.1 latest
beginning installation or changing the wiring to prevent edition and with the requirement of the local utility or
electrical shock or damage to the equipment. It may be other authorities having jurisdiction. Such applicable
necessary to turn off more than one power supply requirements take precedence over the general
to disconnect. instructions contained herein. All electrical wiring is to
All electrical wiring is to be done in accordance with be done in accordance with the local codes, or in the
local codes, or in the absence of local codes, with: 1) absence of local codes, with: 1) The National Electrical
The National Electrical Code ANSI/NFPA No. 70 - latest Code ANSI/NFPA No. 70-latest Edition, or
Edition, or 2) CSA STD. C22.1 “Canadian Electrical Code 2) CSA STD. C22.1 “Canadian Electrical Code - Part
- Part 1.” This appliance must be electrically grounded in 1”. This appliance must be electrically grounded in
accordance with these codes. accordance with these codes.

WARNING
The Repair Parts list designates parts that contain
refractory ceramic fibers (RCF). RCF has been classified
as a possible human carcinogen. When exposed to
temperatures above 180ºF, such as during direct flame
contact, RCF changes into crystalline silica, a known
carcinogen. When disturbed as a result of servicing or
repair, these substances become airborne and, if inhaled,
may be hazardous to your health.
Do not remove or replace RCF parts or attempt any
service or repair work involving RCF without wearing
the following protective gear:
1. A National Institute for Occupational Safety and
Health (NIOSH) approved respirator.
2. Long sleeved, loose fitting clothing.
3. Gloves.
4. Eye Protection.

CAUTION
The supply voltage to this unit must not be
disengaged, except for service or isolation, or unless
otherwise instructed by procedures outlined in this
manual. To signal a call for heat, use the correct
terminals as instructed in the Electrical Connections,
Field Wiring 7.E on page 36 of this manual.
Page 8 LAARS Heating Systems

1.E Unit Dimensions and Components

1.E.1 Model 1250 / 1500 All dimensions are in inches.


21
24.5
26.7 10.3 6"
24 Electrical
Connections Air Inlet

66

2" NPT
Gas
Conn.
58
62 6"
48.4 Vent
PRV

Cond
17.5 Trap
5

2 1/2" Outlet 2 1/2" Inlet


39 6.2
11.5
17.7
Gas Train as viewed from the front of the unit

Gas Valve Reset

Sight
Glass
The OMNITHERM Page 9

Blower Gas Valve

System Controls
Touchscreen

Gas Valve
Touchscreen

Control
Panel

Heat Exchanger

Power
Pack
Power
Connections
Conduit Manual
gas valve

Air Filter Box

Power
Connections

Vent

Condensate
Trap

Water Inlet

Water Outlet
Page 10 LAARS Heating Systems

1.E.2 Model 1750 All dimensions are in inches.

32.0
31.6 43 Electrical 20.2
Connection

8" NPT
PRV Air Inlet
69
2" NPT
Gas Inlet
55.6
29
65 8"
16
Vent
44
Cond.
22.7 Trap

8.0

53 3" Outlet 3" Inlet


5.7 20.1

Gas Train as viewed from the front of the unit

Gas Valve Reset

Sight
Glass

Note: The gas train layout is the same for Models 1750 up to 3000 with only the
size of the components increasing to suit the increased size of that model.
The OMNITHERM Page 11

Blower
Gas Valve

System Controls
Touchscreen

Gas Valve
Touchscreen
(Behind Top Panel)

Control
Panel

Manual
gas valve

Power
Pack

Power
Connections
Conduit Manual
Gas Valve

Power
Connections

Air Filter Box

Gas Inlet

PRV

Heat Exchanger

Vent

Condensate
Trap

Water Inlet

Water Outlet
Page 12 LAARS Heating Systems

1.E.3 Models 2000 / 2500 and 3000 All dimensions are in inches.

32.0 42.8 ELECTRICAL 20.2 10”AIR INLET


CONNECTIONS 5.8 8

3000
2000 & 2500 PRV 2" NPT
GAS

65.8
60 71.5
85 65.6
78 10”
8"
60
VENT 60.2
54.3

COND
TRAP
22.7

8.0

5.7 1.8
53
20.1
3" WATER INLET
GROOVE LOCK
OR FLANGE
Gas Train as viewed from the front of the unit

Gas Valve Reset

OMT 2000 & 2500

Sight
Glass

Note: The gas train layout is the same for Models 1750 up to 3000 with only the
size of the components increasing to suit the increased size of that model.
The OMNITHERM Page 13

Blower

Gas Valve

Gas Valve
Touchscreen
Note: The Model 3000 is 7" taller
than the Model 2000 and
Model 2500
System Controls
Touchscreen
3000
Control
Panel
2000 / 2500

Heat
Exchanger

Power
Pack

Power
Connections Manual gas valve
Conduit

Power
Connections

Air Filter Box

Gas Inlet

PRV

Vent

Condensate
Trap

Water Inlet

Water Outlet
Page 14 LAARS Heating Systems

1.F Unpacking

This unit is shipped in a single crate. Carefully The unit should not be located in an area where leakage
disassemble the crate and inspect the unit for any of any connections will result in damage to the area
damage during shipping. Included in the crate and yet adjacent to the unit, or to lower floors of the structure.
outside of the unit is the ‘Installation Kit’ box.
When this type of location is not available, install a
Inspect the contents of the the Installation Kit box, making suitable drain pan, adequately drained, under the unit.
sure that all parts are included and not damaged. This unit is design-certified by CSA-International for
1. Installation Instructions for Sensors (3) installation on combustible flooring; in basements; in
utility rooms, alcoves, or closets. Boilers must never be
2. Box containing Outdoor Sensor installed on carpeting. The location for the unit should
3. Box containing System Sensor be chosen with regard to the vent pipe lengths and
4. Tank Sensor external plumbing.
5. Spring Clip (used to hold tank sensor in sensor well) The unit shall be installed such that the gas ignition
system components are protected from water (dripping,
6. Nylon Bushing spraying, rain, etc.) during operation and service (circulator
7. Cable Tie replacement, control replacement, etc.).
When vented vertically, the unit must be located as close
NOTE: A condensate neutralizer is NOT included.
as practical to the vertical section of the vent. If the vent
terminal and/or combustion air terminal terminate through
1.G Locating the Unit a wall, and there is potential for snow accumulation in
the local area, both terminals should be installed at an
appropriate level above grade or the maximum expected
This unit may be installed indoors or outdoors. If snow line.
installing outdoors in a location that may experience The dimensions and requirements that are shown in
freezing temperatures, precautions must be taken to Table 1 should be met when choosing the location for the
prevent water in the heat exchanger and condensate unit.
inside and outside of the boiler from freezing. For units
installed outdoors, the minimum outdoor operating Ensure the location takes into account the maximum
allowable vent length shown in SECTION 2 of this
temperature is 5ºF (-15ºC).Damage due to freezing water
manual.
or condensate is not covered by the warranty.
Choose a location for the unit which allows clearances on
NOTE : The unit shall be installed such that the gas
all sides for maintenance and inspection. See Table 1.
ignition system components are protected from water
Always install the unit on a firm, level surface. It is
(dripping, spraying, rain, etc.) during operation and
recommended that the unit is installed on a raised 4” pad
service (circulator replacement, control
so that there is elevation for a condensate neutralizer kit replacement, etc.).
(not included with unit).

1.H Clearances
arances
Certified Clearances to Combustibles
Front Back Left Right Top
Model
inches cm inches cm inches cm inches cm inches cm
1250-3000 closet* - 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
*With required openings

Suggested Service Clearances


Front Back Left Right Top
Model
inches cm inches cm inches cm inches cm inches cm
1250-1500 24 61 24 61 8 20 8 20 18 46
1750-3000 24 61 24 61 8 20 8 20 17 43
Table 1. Clearances
The OMNITHERM Page 15

SECTION 2 Venting and Combustion Air


2.A General Venting Info
WARNING ADVERTISSEMENT
All venting must be installed according to this manual Tous les évents doivent être installés conformément à ce
and any other applicable local codes, including but not manuel et à tout autre code local applicable, y compris,
limited to, ANSI Z223.1/NFPA 54, CSA B149.1, CSA mais sans s'y limiter, ANSI Z223.1 / NFPA 54, CSA
B149.2 and ULC S636. Failure to follow this manual B149.1, CSAB149.2 et ULC S636. Le non-respect de
and applicable codes may lead to property damage, ce manuel et des codes applicables peut entraîner des
severe injury or death. dommages matériels, des blessures graves ou la mort.

WARNING ADVERTISSEMENT
For indoor installations, as an additional measure of Pour les installations intérieures, comme mesure de sécurité
safety, the manufacturer strongly recommends installation supplémentaire, Laars recommande fortement l'installation de
of suitable Carbon Monoxide detectors in the vicinity of détecteurs de monoxyde de carbone appropriés à proximité
this appliance and in any adjacent occupied spaces. de cet appareil et dans tout espace occupé adjacent.

This unit is certified to vent as a Category II (negative


pressure condensing) or Category IV (positive pressure WARNING
condensing) appliance. The vent can terminate through Warning: When an existing Cat I appliance is removed
the roof, or through an outside wall. or replaced, the original venting system may no longer
All vent systems which discharge horizontally (without the be sized to properly vent the attached appliances.
use of a power venter) are considered Category IV vent Under no circumstances should an improperly sized
systems. vent be used. An improperly sized vent may cause
All installations must be done following the vent supplier’s operational and safety problems, and could result in
recommended installation techniques. If these are not serious injury, death, or property damage.
available, refer to the manufacturer's recommendations
for the material used.
ng
mation 2.A.1 Vent and Air Pipe Sizing
Minimum Minimum Maximum Typical**
Maximum Category IV Category IV
Air Collar Ducted Air Vent Collar Category IV Category IV Category II
Model Ducted Air Vent Pipe
Size Pipe Size Size Intake Air Vent Pipe Vent Pipe Vent Pipe
Pipe Length Size
Pipe Length Length Length Size
inches cm inches cm ft* m inches cm inches cm ft* m ft* m ft* m inches cm
1250 6 15 6 15 100 30.5 6 15 6 15 0*** 0 3 1 100 30.5 12 30
1500 6 15 6 15 100 30.5 6 15 6 15 0*** 0 3 1 100 30.5 12 30
1750 8 20 8 20 100 30.5 8 20 8 20 0*** 0 3 1 100 30.5 14 36
2000 8 20 8 20 100 30.5 8 20 8 20 0*** 0 3 1 100 30.5 14 36
2500 8 20 8 20 100 30.5 8 20 8 20 0*** 0 3 1 100 30.5 16 41
3000 10 25 10 25 100 30.5 10 25 10 25 0*** 0 3 1 100 30.5 16 41
*Equivalent Feet: To calculate, measure the linear feet of the pipe and add 5 ft (1.5m) for each elbow used.
**Category II vent pipe size must be engineered for vent system configuration, and may differ from what is shown.
***Appliance needs to vent outdoors using approved vent caps and following all guidelines as noted in our IO manual.
Proper protection against debris in the air intake (through using a downward spout and/or screen) to avoid
debris pick-up / falling into the appliance is required.
NOTES:
1. Installations in the U.S. require exhaust vent pipe that is stainless steel complying with UL1738.
2. Intake air pipe may be single-wall galvanized steel pipe, polypropylene, ABS, PVC, or CPVC, properly sealed.
Table 2. Vent/Air Pipe Sizes
Page 16 LAARS Heating Systems

Vent and Air Pipe Sizing (continued)


Route the vent pipe to the heater as directly as possible. Seal all joints and provide adequate hangers as required in
the venting system manufacturer’s installation instructions. Horizontal portions of the venting system must be supported
to prevent sagging and may not have any low sections that could trap condensate. The unit must not support the
weight of the vent pipe. Horizontal runs must slope upwards not less than ¼ inch per foot (2 cm/m) from the unit to the
vent terminal. Up to 100 equivalent feet of vent can be used. For each elbow subtract 5 ft of vent length from the total
allowable length of vent pipe.

2.A.1.a Category II Vent WARNING


Non-positive pressure vent systems are generally
Failure to use the appropriate vent material, installation
vertically-terminated. Table 2 gives guidelines for vent
techniques, or glues and sealants could lead to vent
and air pipe sizes, but the draft must be measured to
failure causing property damage, personal injury, or
ensure that it remains between -0.001” w.c. and -0.10”
w.c. at all firing rates. The vent system must be sealed death.
stainless steel.

2.A.1.b Category IV Vent


Positive pressure vent systems may be either horizontally
or vertically vented. The vent system must be sealed
stainless steel. Approved manufacturers and Category IV
component part numbers are shown in Table 3.

Manufacturer Model Numbers (abbreviated)


Selkirk Duravent NovaFlex
Component Safe-T Vent EZ Seal FasNSeal Z Flex
90° Elbow 9x14 FSELB90xx 2SVEExx90
Pipe 9x07 FSVLxxxx 2SVEPxxxx
Horizontal Air Inlet 9xTERM FSAIHxx 2SVSTEXxx90
Vertical Termination 5x00CI FSRCx 25VSRCxx
Boiler Adapter 5x01BOI FSAAUx 25VSAxx
Manufacturer Distance between Hanger Distance between Hanger Distance between Hanger
Straps (Horizontal Run) - 6’ MAX Straps (Horizontal Run) - 6’ MAX Straps (Horizontal Run) - 4’ MAX
Approved Hanger Straps
Distance between Hanger Distance between Hanger Distance between Hanger
Straps (Vertical Run) - 30’ MAX Straps (Vertical Run) - 12’ MAX Straps (Vertical Run) - 16’ MAX

Table 3. Manufacturer's Model Numbers (abbreviated

2.A.2 Vent and Air Pipe Material


This unit requires a special venting system. See Table 4 and Table 5 for a list of allowable exhaust vent and combustion
air pipe materials. Refer to venting supplier’s instructions for complete parts list and method of installation. The
manufacturers and product lines listed in Table 3 have been tested and authorized to safely operate with this equipment.
Suppliers of stainless steel that are not listed on these tables are not permitted for use with this appliance.
Do not mix venting suppliers and models in venting systems. Failure to comply could result in personal injury, property
damage, or death. Installations must comply with applicable national, state and local codes.

Material United States Canada


Stainless Steel UL 1738 The vent pipe material must be chosen based upon the intended application
of the boiler or water heater and must be installed according to the vent
manufacturer’s installation instructions.
Table 4. Required Exhaust Vent Material
The OMNITHERM Page 17

Material United States Canada


ABS ANSI / ASTM D1527 The air pipe material must be chosen
PVC, sch. 40 ANSI / ASTM D1785 or D2665 based upon the intended application
of the boiler or water heater and must
CPVC, sch. 40 ANSI / ASTM F441 be installed according to the vent
Single wall galv. Steel 26 gauge manufacturer’s installation instructions.

Polypropylene ULC S636 Class 2C


Table 5. Required Combustion Air Pipe Material

2.A.3 Exhaust Vent Terminal


An exhaust vent terminal must be installed. If an exhaust vent terminal is not available with the certified vent system, the
manufacturer suggests the use of a coupler fitting from the certified vent system into which the vent terminal screen can be
installed. Laars offers vent terminals, shown in Table 6. Be sure to locate both vent and combustion air terminals per the
instructions in section 2.C Locating Vent & Combustion Air Terminals.

Size Laars Part Number


Exhaust Vent Inlet Air
1250 D2012004 CA011904
1500
1750 D2012001 CA011901
2000
2500
3000 D2012002 CA011902
Table 6. Horizontal Vent and Air Terminations

2.A.4 Air for Combustion and Ventilation


Boilers and water heaters must have provisions for shall be provided. The openings shall communicate
combustion and ventilation air in accordance with Section directly, or by ducts, with the outdoors or spaces
9.3, Air for Combustion and Ventilation, of the National Fuel that freely communicate with the outdoors. When
Gas code, ANSI Z223.1, or Sections 7.2, 7.3, or 7.4 of CSA directly communicating with the outdoors, or when
B149.1, Installation Codes, or applicable provisions of the communicating to the outdoors through vertical ducts,
local building codes. each opening shall have a minimum free area of 1
The unit may receive combustion air from the space in square inch per 4000 Btu/hr (5.5 square cm/kW) of total
which it is installed, or it can be ducted directly to the unit input rating of all equipment in the enclosure. When
from the outside. Ventilation air must be provided in either communicating with the outdoors through horizontal
case. ducts, each opening shall have a minimum free area of
not less than 1 square inch per 2000 Btu/hr (11 square
2.A.4.a Combustion Air From Room cm/kW) of total input rating of all equipment in the
In the United States, the most common requirements enclosure.
specify that the space shall communicate with the outdoors Method 2: One permanent opening, commencing
in accordance with method 1 or 2, which follow. Where within 12 inches (30 cm) of the top of the enclosure, shall
ducts are used, they shall be of the same cross-sectional be permitted. The opening shall directly communicate
area as the free area of the openings to which they with the outdoors or shall communicate through a
connect. vertical or horizontal duct to the outdoors or spaces that
Method 1: Two permanent openings, one commencing directly communicate with the outdoors and shall have a
within 12 inches (30 cm) of the top and one commencing minimum free area of 1 square inch per 3000 Btu/hr (7
within 12 inches (30 cm) of the bottom, of the enclosure square cm/kW) of the total input rating of all equipment
Page 18 LAARS Heating Systems

2.B Common Venting


located in the enclosure. This opening must not be less
than the sum of the areas of all vent connectors in the
confined space. 2.B.1 Common Venting
Other methods of introducing combustion and ventilation This unit can be common vented; however, the common
air are acceptable, providing they conform to the venting must be a professionally designed and approved
requirements in the applicable codes listed above. In system. When common venting a fan-assisted unit
Canada, consult local building and safety codes, or, in with other appliances through one shared vertical duct
absence of such requirements, follow CSA B149.1. called a “common vent”, special care must be taken by
the installer to ensure safe operation. In the event that
the common vent is blocked, it is possible, especially
2.A.4.b Ducted Combustion Air for fan-assisted devices, to vent backwards through
The combustion air can be taken through the wall, or non-operating appliances sharing the vent, allowing
through the roof. When taken from the wall, it must be combustion products to infiltrate occupied spaces. If the
taken from out-of-doors by means of the Laars horizontal appliances are allowed to operate in this condition,
wall terminal. When taken from the roof, a field-supplied serious injury or death may occur.
rain cap or an elbow arrangement must be used to It is for this reason that, in addition to following proper
prevent entry of rain water (see Figure 3). vent sizing, construction and safety requirements from
Use pipe of the appropriate size and material (see the National Fuel Gas Code, ANSI Z223.1 or in Canada,
sections 2.A.1 and 2.A.2), for the combustion air intake. from CSA B149.1 as well as all applicable local codes, it
Route the intake to the heater as directly as possible. is required that installers provide some means to prevent
Seal all joints with tape. Provide adequate hangers. The operation with a blocked common vent. It is suggested
unit must not support the weight of the combustion air that a blocked vent safety system be employed such that
intake pipe. Maximum linear pipe length allowed is 100 all appliances attached to the vent be locked out and
feet (30.4m). subtract 5 allowable linear feet (1.5m) for prevented from operating under blockage conditions.
every additional elbow used. As an additional precaution, it is recommended that a
In addition to air needed for combustion, air shall also Carbon Monoxide (CO) alarm be installed in all enclosed
be supplied for ventilation, including all air required for spaces containing combustion appliances. If assistance
comfort and proper working conditions for personnel. is required in determining how a blocked vent safety
The unit loses less than 1 percent of its input rating to the system should be connected to a LAARS product,
room, but other heat sources may be present. please call Application Engineering at the Rochester
phone number listed on back cover of this manual.

WARNING Refer to the installation and operating instructions on


Operation of appliances with a blocked common vent all appliances to be common vented for instructions,
may lead to serious injury or death. Safety devices warnings, restrictions and safety requirements. If safe
must be implemented to prevent blocked common vent operations of all appliances connected to a common
operation. If safe operation of all appliances connected vent cannot be assured, including prevention of spillage
to a common vent cannot be assured, including of flue gasses into living spaces, common venting should
prevention of spillage of flue gasses into living spaces, not be applied, and appliances should each be vented
common venting should not be applied, and appliances separately.
should each be vented separately.
2.B.2 Removing a Boiler From an Existing
ADVERTISSEMENT Common Vent System
Le fonctionnement des appareils avec un évent
commun bloqué peut entraîner des blessures graves NOTE: This section does not describe a method for
ou la mort. Des dispositifs de sécurité doivent être mis common venting this unit. It describes what must
en place pour empêcher le fonctionnement de l'évent be done when a unit is removed from a common
commun bloqué. Si le fonctionnement en toute sécurité vent system. Contact the factory or your factory
de tous les appareils connectés à un évent commun representative if you have questions about common
ne peut être assuré, y compris la prévention du venting this unit.
déversement de gaz de combustion dans les espaces
de vie, une ventilation commune ne doit pas être When an existing boiler is removed from a common
appliquée et les appareils doivent chacun être ventilés venting system, the common venting system is likely
séparément. to be too large for proper venting of the appliances
remaining connected to it.
The OMNITHERM Page 19

2.B.2 Vérification des évents communs —


Chaudières
At the time of removal of an existing boiler, the following Lorsqu’une chaudière existante est déconnectée du réseau
steps shall be followed with each appliance remaining d’évents commun, ce réseau d’évents commun devient
connected to the common venting system placed probablement trop grand pour les appareils qui lui restent
in operation, while the other appliances remaining connectés. Lorsqu’une chaudière existante est retirée, les
connected to the common venting system are not in étapes suivantes doivent être accomplies pour chaque
appareil qui reste connecté au réseau d’évents commun
operation.
utilisé, alors que les autres appareils qui sont encore
1. Seal any unused openings in the common venting connectés au réseau commun d’évents ne sont pas en
system. fonctionnement.:
2. Visually inspect the venting system for proper 1. Sceller toutes les ouvertures non utilisées du système
size and horizontal pitch and determine there is d’évacuation.
no blockage or restriction, leakage, corrosion and 2. Inspecter de façon visuelle le système d’évacuation
other deficiencies which could cause an unsafe pour déterminer la grosseur et l’inclinaison horizontale
condition. qui conviennent et s’assurer que le système est exempt
d’obstruction, d’étranglement, de fuite, de corrosion
3. Insofar as it is practical, close all building doors
et autres défaillances qui pourraient présenter des
and windows and all doors between the space in risques.
which the appliances remaining connected to the
3. Dans la mesure du possible, fermer toutes les
common venting system are located and other
portes et les fenêtres du bâtiment et toutes les
spaces of the building. Turn on clothes dryers portes entre l’espace où les appareils toujours
and any appliance not connected to the common raccordés au système d’évacuation sont installés et
venting system. Turn on any exhaust fans, such les autres espaces du bâtiment. Mettre en marche
as range hoods and bathroom exhausts, so they les sécheuses, tous les appareils non raccordés au
will operate at maximum speed. Do not operate a système d’évacuation common et tous les ventilateurs
summer exhaust fan. Close fireplace dampers. d’extraction comme les hottes de cuisinière et les
4. Place in operation the appliance being inspected. ventilateurs des salles de bain. S’assurer que ces
ventilateurs fonctionnent à la vitesse maximale. Ne
Follow the lighting instructions. Adjust thermostat
pas faire fonctionner les ventilateurs d’été. Fermer les
so appliance will operate continuously. registres des cheminées.
5. Test for spillage at the draft hood relief opening 4. Mettre l’appareil inspecté en marche. Suivre les
after 5 minutes of main burner operation. Use instructions d’allumage. Réegler le thermostat de façon
the flame of a match or candle, or smoke from a continue.
cigarette, cigar or pipe. 5. Faire fonctionner le brûleur principal pendant 5 min
ensuite, déterminer si le coupe-tirage déborde à
l’ouverture de décharge. Utiliser la flamme d’une
6. After it has been determined that each appliance
allumette ou d’une chandelle ou la fumée d’une
remaining connected to the common venting cigarette, d’un cigare ou d’une pipe.
system properly vents when tested as outlined
above, return doors, windows, exhaust fans, 6. Une fois qu’il a été déterminé, selon la méthode
indiquée ci-dessus, que chaque appareil raccordé
fireplace dampers and any other gas burning
au système d’évacuation est mis à l’air libre de façon
appliance to their previous conditions of use. adéquate. Remettre les portes et les fenêtres, les
7. Any improper operation of the common venting ventilateurs, les registres de cheminées et les appareils
system should be corrected so that the installation au gaz à leur position originale.
conforms to the National Fuel Gas Code, ANSI 7. Tout mauvais fonctionnement du système d’évacuation
Z223.1/NFPA 54 and/or CSA B149.1, Installation commun devrait être corrigé de façon que l’installation
Codes. When resizing any portion of the common soit conforme au National Fuel Gas Code, ANSI
venting system, the common venting system Z223.1/NFPA 54 et (ou) aux codes d’installation
should be resized to approach the minimum size as CSA-B149.1. Si la grosseur d’une section du système
determined using the appropriate tables in Part II of devrait être modifié, le système devrait être modifié
the National Fuel Gas Code, ANSI Z223.1/NFPA 54 pour respecter les valeurs minimales des tableaux
pertinents de l’appendice F du National Fuel Gas Code,
and/or CSA B149.1, Installation Codes.
ANSI Z223.1/NFPA 54 et (ou) les codes d’installation
CSA-B149.1
Page 20 LAARS Heating Systems

2.C Locating Vent & Combustion Air


Terminals

2.C.1 Side Wall Vent Terminal NOTE:


An appropriate quality side wall vent terminal must be For US installations, the vent for this appliance shall
used. not terminate:
The terminal provides a means of installing the vent i)  over public walkways; or
piping through the building wall and must be located in ii) near soffit vents or crawl space vents or other
accordance with ANSI Z223.1/NFPA 54 and applicable areas where condensate or vapor could create a
local codes. In Canada, the installation must be in nuisance or hazard or cause property damage; or
accordance with CSA B149.1 or .2 and local applicable iii) where condensate vapor could cause damage or
codes. Consider the following when installing the could be detrimental to the operation of regulators,
terminal: relief valves, or other equipment.
1. Figure 2 shows the requirements for mechanical vent
terminal clearances for the U.S. and Canada.
2. Vent terminals for condensing appliances or
appliances with condensing vents are not permitted
to terminate above a public walkway, or over an area
where condensate or vapor could create a nuisance
or hazard.
3. Locate the vent terminal so that vent gases cannot be
drawn into air condition system inlets.
4. Locate the vent terminal so that vent gases cannot
enter the building through doors, windows, gravity
inlets or other openings. Whenever possible,
locations under windows or near doors should be
avoided.
5. Locate the vent terminal so that it cannot be blocked
by snow. The installer may determine that a vent
terminal must be higher than the minimum shown in
codes, depending upon local conditions.
6. Locate the terminal so the vent exhaust does not
settle on building surfaces or other nearby objects.
Vent products may damage such surfaces or objects.
7. If the boiler or water heater uses ducted combustion
air from an intake terminal located on the same wall,
locate the vent terminal at least 7 feet (213 cm)
horizontally from the combustion air terminal, and
locate the vent terminal at least 1 foot (0.3m) above
the combustion air terminal.
The OMNITHERM Page 21

Canadian Installations1 U.S. Installations2


A = Clearance above grade, veranda, porch, 12 in (30 cm) 12 in (30 cm)
deck, or balcony
B = Clearance to window or door that may be ● 6 in (15 cm) for appliances ≤ 10,000 Btuh (3 kW) ● 6 in (15 cm) for appliances ≤ 10,000 Btuh (3 kW)
opened ● 12 in (30 cm) for appliances > 10,000 Btuh (3 kW) and ● 9 in (23 cm) for appliances > 10,000 Btuh (3 kW) and
≤ 100,000 Btuh (30 kW) ≤ 50,000 Btuh (15 kW)
● 36 in (91 cm) for appliances >100,000 Btuh (30 kW) ● 12 in (30 cm) for appliances >50,000 Btuh (15 kW)
C = Clearance to permanently closed window See Note 4 See Note 5
D = Vertical clearance to ventilated soffit located See Note 4 See Note 5
above the terminal within a horizontal
distance of 2 ft (61 cm) from
the center line of the terminal
E = Clearance to unventilated soffit See Note 4 See Note 5
F = Clearance to outside corner See Note 4 See Note 5
G = Clearance to inside corner See Note 4 See Note 5
H = Clearance to each side of centerline 3 ft (91 cm) within a height of 15 ft (4.6 m) See Note 5
extended above meter / regulator assy
I = Clearance to service regulator vent outlet 3 ft (91 cm) See Note 5
J = Clearance to nonmechanical air ● 6 in (15 cm) for appliances ≤ 10,000 Btuh (3 kW) ● 6 in (15 cm) for appliances ≤ 10,000 Btuh (3 kW)
supply inlet to building or the ● 12 in (30cm) for appliances > 10,000 Btuh (3 kW) and ● 9 in (23cm) for appliances > 10,000 Btuh (3 kW) and
combustion air inlet to any ≤ 100,000 Btuh (30 kW) ≤ 50,000 Btuh (15 kW)
other appliance ● 36 in (91 cm) for appliances > 100,000 Btuh (30 kW) ● 12 in (30 cm) for appliances > 50,000 Btuh (15 kW)
K = Clearance to a mechanical air 6 ft (1.83 m) 3 ft (91 cm) above if within
supply inlet 10 ft (3 m) horizontally
L = Clearance above paved sidewalk or paved 7 ft (2.13 m)† 7 ft (2.13 m) for mechanical draft systems (Category I
driveway located on public property appliances). Vents for Category II and IV appliances
cannot be located above public walkways or other
areas where condensate or vapor can cause a nuisance
or hazard*
M = Clearance under veranda, porch, deck, or 12 in (30 cm)‡ See Note 5
balcony

† A vent shall not terminate directly above a sidewalk or paved driveway that is located between two single family dwellings and serves both dwellings.
‡ Permitted only if veranda, porch, deck, or balcony is fully open on a minimum of two sides beneath the floor.
* The manufacturer shall specify a minimum clearance or state "Not applicable" in the table and/or instructions.
i) Notes:
The minimum distance from adjacent public walkways, adjacent buildings, openable windows, and building
openings
1) shall not be
In accordance less
with thethan thoseCSA
current values specified
B149.1, in theGas
Natural National Fule Gas Installation
and Propane Code, ANSICode.
Z223.1/NFPA 54,
and/or
2) the Natural Gas
In accordance withand
the Propane Installation
current ANSI Code, CSA
Z223.1/NFPA 54,B149.1;
Natural Fuel Gas Code.
ii)3)Information on preventing
If locally adopted blockage
installation by snow;
codes andclearances different than those illustrated, then the most stringent clearance shall prevail.
specify
iii)4)Information on protecting
For clearances buildinginmaterials
not specified from degradation
CAN/CSA-B149, by flue
clearance is ingases.
accordance with local installation codes and the requirements of the gas supplier.
† 5)A Forventclearances
shall not terminate directlyinabove
not specified ANSIaZ223.1/
sidewalkNFPA
or paved driveway that
54, clearance is accordance
is in located between
withtwo single
local installation codes and the requirements of the gas supplier.
6) family dwellings and
IMPORTANT: serves
Terminal bothbe
must dwellings.
placed such that it remains a minimum of 12” above maximum expected snow line. Local codes may have more specific
‡ Permitted only if veranda,
requirements, and must porch, deck, or balcony is fully open on a minimum of two sides beneath the floor.
be consulted.

Notes:
1) In accordance with the current CSA B149.1, Natural Gas and Propane Installation Code.
2) In accordance with the current ANSI Z223.1/NFPA 54, Natural Fuel Gas Code. *When vent terminal is less than 10 feet (3m)
3) If locally adopted installation codes specify clearances different than those illustrated, then
horizontally from a forced air inlet, the terminal
the most stringent clearance shall prevail.
must be at least 3 feet (0.9m) above the air inlet.
(US only)

Figure 1. Combustion Air and Vent Through Side-wall.


Page 22 LAARS Heating Systems

Multiple Vents
2” Min. (Typ)

Window
OUTLET
Multiple Air Intakes
2” Min. (Typ) 12” 36” 90
84” 213

INLET

Terminals must be placed such that they are a Minimum of 12” above the
12” Above expected snow line expected snow line. Local codes may have more specific requirements and
must be consulted. Refer to the NFPA 54 National Fuel Gas Code and your
local codes for all required clearances for venting.

Figure 2. Minimum Side-wall Venting Distance for Single and Multiple Units.

2.C.2 Side-wall Combustion Air Terminal 2.C.4 Vertical Combustion Air Terminal
Consider the following when installing the terminal. When combustion air is taken from the roof, a field-
supplied rain cap or an elbow arrangement must be used
1. Do not locate the air inlet terminal near a source
to prevent entry of rain water. The opening on the end of
of corrosive chemical fumes (e.g., cleaning fluid,
the terminal must be at least 12” (30 cm) above the point
chlorine compounds, etc.).
at which it penetrates the roof, and high enough above the
2. Locate the terminal so that it will not be subject to roof line to prevent blockage from snow. When the vent
damage by accident or vandalism. It must be at leat terminates on the roof, the combustion air must terminate
7 feet (2.1m) above a public walkway. at least 12” (30 cm) below the vent terminal. See Figure 3.
3. Locate the combustion air terminal so that it cannot
be blocked by snow. The National Fuel Gas Code
requires that it be at least 12 inches (30 cm) above
grade, but the installer may determine it should be
higher, depending upon local conditions.
4. If the unit is side-wall vented to the same wall, use
Figure 2 to determine the proper mounting locations.
5. Multiple vent kits should be installed such that the
horizontal distance between outlet group and inlet
group is 84” (213 cm). (See Figure 2).
6. The vent outlet must be at least 12” above the top
of the air inlet and must be at least 84” (213 cm)
horizontally from the air inlet. (See Figure 2).

2.C.3 Vertical Vent Terminal


When the unit is vented through the roof, the vent must
extend at least 3 feet (0.9 m) above the point at which
it penetrates the roof. It must extend at least 2 feet (0.6
m) higher than any portion of a building within a horizon-
tal distance of 10 feet (3.0 m), and high enough above
the roof line to prevent blockage from snow. When the
combustion air is taken from the roof, the combustion
air must terminate at least 12” (30 cm) below the vent
terminal.
Figure 3. Combustion Air and Vent through Roof
The OMNITHERM Page 23

2.D Outdoor Installation 2.E Installations in the Commonwealth of


NOTE: Outdoor Installation of OMV's (volume water Massachusetts
heaters) is not permitted in Canada. In Massachusetts the following items are required if the
Precautions must be taken to prevent water in the heat side-wall exhaust vent termination is less than seven
exchanger and condensate inside and outside of the (7) feet above finished grade in the area of the venting,
boiler from freezing. Damage due to freezing water or including but not limited to decks and porches. (From
condensate is not covered by the warranty. For units Massachusetts Rules and regulations 248 CMR 5.08.)
installed outdoors, the minimum outdoor operating 1. Installation of Carbon Monoxide Detectors
temperature is 5F (-15C). At the time of installation of the side-wall vented
For proper operation in outdoor installations, the boiler gas fueled unit, the installing plumber or gasfitter
must be equipped with the inlet air and exhaust terminal shall observe that a hard wired carbon monoxide
kits listed in Table 7. Additional instructions are supplied detector with an alarm battery back-up is installed on
with the terminal kits. the floor level where the gas unit is to be installed.
In addition, the installing plumber or gasfitter shall
observe that a battery operated or hard wired carbon
Size Laars Part Number
monoxide detector with an alarm is installed on each
Exhaust Vent Inlet Air additional level of the dwelling, building or structure
served by the side-wall horizontally vented gas fueled
1250 equipment. It shall be the responsibility of the property
CA016702 CA016900 owner to secure the services of qualified licensed
1500 professionals for installation of hard wired carbon
monoxide detectors.
1750 CA016802
CA017000 a. In the event that the side-wall horizontally vented gas
2000 fueled equipment is installed in a crawl space or an
CA017602 attic, the hard wired carbon monoxide with alarm and
2500 battery back-up may be installed on the next adjacent
floor level.
3000 CA017800 CA018100
b. In the event that the requirements of the subdivision
Table 7. Outdoor Terminals cannot be met at the time of completion of installation,
the owner shall have a period of thirty (30) days
to comply with the above requirements, provided,
WARNING however, that during said thirty (30) day period, a
If installing outdoors in a location that may experience battery operated carbon monoxide detector with an
freezing temperatures, provisions must be made to alarm be installed.
protect the unit from freeze damage. Manufacturer 2. Approved Carbon Monoxide Detectors
does not warranty damage caused by freezing Each carbon monoxide detector shall comply with
temperatures. The unit must not operate if the outdoor NFPA 720 and be ANSI/UL 2034 listed and IAS
temperature drops below 5F (-15C). certified.
3. Signage
A metal or plastic identification plate shall be
WARNING permanently mounted to the exterior of the building
The outdoor vent terminal gets hot. This unit must be at a minimum height of eight (8) feet above grade
directly in line with the exhaust vent terminal for
installed in such a way as to reduce the risk of burns
horizontally vented gas fueled heating unit or
from contact with the vent terminal.
equipment. The sign shall read, in print no less than
one-half (1/2) inch in size: “GAS VENT DIRECTLY
BELOW, KEEP CLEAR OF ALL OBSTRUCTIONS.”
4. Inspection
The state or local gas inspector of the side-wall
horizontally vented gas fueled unit shall not approve
the installation unless, upon inspection, the inspector
observes carbon monoxide detectors and signage
installed in accordance with the provisions of 248
CMR 5.08(2)(a) 1-4.
Page 24 LAARS Heating Systems

SECTION 3 Gas Supply and Piping


3.A Gas Supply and Piping
All Installations must conform to the National Fuel Gas Review the following instructions before proceeding with the
Code ANSI Z223.1/NFPA54, and/or local codes. In installation.
Canada, the installation must conform to the latest edition 1. Verify that the unit is fitted for the proper type of gas by
of CSA B149.1 Natural Gas and Propane Gas Installation checking the rating plate.
Code, and/or local codes. Gas piping should be supported
by suitable hangers or floor stands, not the unit. NOTE: This unit is equipped to operate at elevations
up to 2000 feet (610m). However, the unit will function
WARNING properly without the use of high altitude modification at
Do not use open flame to check for leaks. An open elevations up to 10,000 feet (3050 m).
flame could lead to explosion, which could result in For elevations above 2000 ft (600 m), the input gas rating
property damage, serious injury or death. shall be reduced at a rate of 4 percent for each 1000 ft
(300 m) above sea level. This must be considered before
selecting the equipment size.
WARNING
If an inline high gas pressure regulator is used, it must 2. The gas pressure must be 4.0-10.5 inches w.c.
be of the lockup type and located a minimum of 10 feet 3. Table 8 offers some gas pipe sizing information. Refer
from the unit. Failure to do so may result in insufficient to the applicable gas code for more detailed sizing
gas volume supplied to the unit. information.
4. Run gas supply line in accordance with all applicable codes.
5. Locate and install manual shutoff valves in accordance with
state and local requirements.
NOTE: After placing the boiler in operation, the ignition
system safety shutoff device must be tested. See 11.A 6. A sediment trap must be provided upstream of the gas
on page 113 controls.
7. The unit and its individual shutoff valve must be
disconnected from the gas supply piping during any
pressure testing of that system at test pressures in
NOTE: This unit and all other gas units sharing the excess of 1/2 PSIG (3.45kpa).
gas supply line must be firing at maximum capacity
8. The unit must be isolated from the gas supply system
to properly measure the inlet supply pressure. The
by closing its individual manual shutoff valve during any
pressure can be measured at the supply pressure
pressure testing of the gas supply piping system at test
port on the gas valve. Low gas pressure could be an
pressures equal to or less than 1/2 PSIG (3.45kpa).
indication of an undersized gas meter, undersized gas
supply lines and/or an obstructed gas supply line. The 9. The unit and its gas connection must be leak tested
units may be equipped with low and high pressure gas before placing it in operation.
switches that are integrally vent limited. These types of 10. Purge all air from gas lines
devices do not require venting to atmosphere.
The OMNITHERM Page 25

3.B Gas Pipe Sizing SECTION 4 W


 ater Flow and
The following are gas line sizing examples from the Headloss Data
National Fuel Gas Code. Size your gas lines properly,
based on your installation and all applicable codes. 4.A General Water Flow Information

SCH 40 METAL PIPE CAPACITY FOR 0.60 SPECIFIC This appliance is a water-tube design that requires
Natural
GRAVITY GasGAS
NATURAL water flow for operation. Boilers are generally used in Undiluted
Pipe SizeW.C.
(in.)PRESSURE DROP closed systems, so Laars bases the water flow data on
NOMINAL PIPE SIZE @ 0.30”
temperature rise (difference between boiler inlet and
Pipe Siz
Nominal: 2” 2½” 3” 4” 5” Nominal:
outlet temperature.) Water heaters are1½ used in open2 2½
Actual ID: 2.067” 2.469” 3.068” 4.026” 5.047” Actual ID: 1.61
systems, with new water constantly being introduced 2.067 2.4
Length (ft) Capacity in Cubic Feet of Gas per Hour Length
to the system. This brings (ft)
a constant Capacity
supply of new in Cubic Fe
10 4,020 6,400 11,300 23,100 41,800 10well. Minerals
minerals into the system, as 3,520can cause6,790 10,8
scale to form on the inside surfaces of water heater
20 2,760 4,400 7,780 15,900 28,700 20 2,420 4,660 7,4
systems (heaters, tanks, pipes, valves, and other
30 2,220 3,530 6,250 12,700 23,000
Natural Gas components). Laars uses30 1,940
the water-tube design to3,750Propane5,9
Undiluted
40 1,900 3,020 5,350 10,900
Pipe Size (in.) 19,700 40 1,660
its advantage by basing the water flow data on water 3,210
Pipe Size (in.) 5,1
50
Nominal: 1,6802 2,6802½ 4,740 3 9,660 4 17,500 5 50
hardness, to assist inNominal:
minimizing 1½ 1,480
mineral buildup
2 in2,840
the2½ 4,5
3
60 ID: 1,520
Actual 2.067 2,4302.469 4,290 3.0688,7604.026 15,8005.047 heater’s waterways. Actual60ID: 1.611,3402.067 2,570 2.469 4,1
3.06
Length (ft) Capacity in Cubic Feet of Gas per Hour Length (ft) Capacity in Cubic Feet of Gas pe
7010 1,400 4,020 2,2306,400 3,95011,3008,050 14,600
23,100 41,800 1080 3,5201,2306,790 2,370 10,800 3,7
19,1
8020 1,300 2,760 2,0804,400 3,670 7,7807,490 13,600
15,900 28,700 100 2,4201,1404,660 2,200
20 7,430 3,5
13,1
9030 1,220 2,220 1,9503,530 3,450 6,2507,030 12,700
12,700 23,000 125 1,9401,0703,750 2,070
30 5,970 3,2
10,6
100 1,160 1,840 3,260 6,640 12,000
40 1,900 3,020 5,350 10,900 19,700
150
40 1,660
1,010 3,210
1,950
5,110
3,1
9,03
50 1,680 2,680 4,740 9,660 17,500 50 1,480 2,840 4,530 8,00
12560 1,020
1,520 1,6302,430 2,890 4,2905,8908,760 10,60015,800 175 1,340 899 2,570 1,730
60 4,100 2,7
7,25
15070 928
1,400 1,4802,230 2,610 3,9505,3308,0509,65014,600 200 1,230 814 2,370 1,570
80 3,770 2,5
6,67
17580 854
1,300 1,3602,080 2,410 3,6704,9107,4908,88013,600 250
100 1,140 749 2,200 1,440
3,510 2,3
6,21
90 1,220 1,950 3,450 7,030 12,700 125 1,070 2,070 3,290 5,82
200
100 794
1,160 1,2701,840 2,240 3,2604,5606,6408,260 12,000 300 1,010 697 1,950 1,340
150 3,110 2,1
5,50
150
125 704
1,020 1,1201,630 1,980 2,8904,0505,8907,320 10,600 350
175 899 618 1,730 1,190 2,760 1,9
4,88
300
150 638928 1,020 1,480 1,800 2,6103,6705,3306,6309,650 400
200 814 560 1,570 1,080 2,500 1,7
4,42
350
175
587854
9351,360
1,6502,410
3,3704,9106,1008,880 250
NOTES:
749 1,440 2,300 4,06
200 794 1,270 2,240 4,560 8,260 300 697 1,340 2,140 3,78
400
150 546704 8701,120 1,540 1,9803,1404,0505,6807,320 1. Inlet pressure - 11.0 in w.c.
350 618 1,190 1,900 3,35
NOTES:
Table
300 638
8. Pipe587
Capacity935
1,020
for Natural
1,800
Gas
3,670 6,630
2. Pressure drop - 0.5 in w.c.
400 560 1,080 1,720 3,04
350 1,650 3,370 6,100 Notes:
1. Inlet
400pressure 546 - Less870 than 2 1,540
psi 3,140 5,680 3.Inlet
1. Specific gravity
pressure - 11.0 in- w.c.
1.50
2.Notes:
Pressure drop - 0.5 in w.c. 4.Pressure
2. Scheduledrop 40
- 0.5metallic
in w.c. pipe
3.1.Specific gravity
Inlet pressure - 0.60
- Less than 2 psi 5.Specific
3. Intended use
gravity - Pipe sizing between si
- 1.50
2. Pressure drop - 0.5 in w.c. 4. Schedule 40 metallic pipe
4.3.Schedule 40 metallic
Specific gravity - 0.60 pipe or second-stage
5. Intended (low
use - Pipe sizing pressure)
between single
4. Schedule 40 metallic pipe regulator and appliance.
or second-stage (low pressure)
regulator and appliance.
Page 26 LAARS Heating Systems

4.B Boiler Water Flow & Headloss Data


See Table 9 for water flow and boiler headloss, based on heat exchanger temperature rise.
Model 20°F 25°F 30°F 35°F 40°F

Flow Headloss Flow Headloss Flow Headloss Flow Headloss Flow Headloss
gpm ft gpm ft gpm ft gpm ft gpm ft
1250 110 25.0 88 16.4 73 11.5 63 8.6 55 6.6

1500 131 34.8 105 22.9 87 16.0 75 12.1 65 9.1

1750 152 19.5 122 13.4 102 9.4 87 6.4 76 4.2

2000 176 24.9 140 16.6 117 11.8 100 8.5 88 6.2

2500 219 36.1 175 24.7 146 17.9 125 13.4 110 10.4

3000 259 65.2 207 40.7 173 28.1 148 20.4 129 15.6

Model 11°C 14°C 17°C 19°C 22°C

Flow l/m Headloss Flow l/m Headloss Flow l/m Headloss Flow l/m Headloss Flow l/m Headloss
m m m m m
1250 416 7.6 333 5.0 276 3.5 238 2.6 208 2.0

1500 496 10.6 397 7.0 329 4.9 284 3.7 246 2.8

1750 575 5.9 462 4.1 386 2.9 329 2.0 288 1.3

2000 666 7.6 530 5.1 443 3.6 379 2.6 333 1.9

2500 829 11.0 662 7.5 553 5.5 473 4.1 416 3.2

3000 980 19.9 784 12.4 655 8.6 560 6.2 488 4.8

Table 9. Boiler Flow and Head Requirements

4.C Water Heater Water Flow and Headloss Data


Water flow and headloss for water heaters is based on the water’s hardness, to help minimize scale (mineral) buildup
inside the heater’s water tubes. Table 10 shows water flow and headloss based on the hardness of the system’s
water. Temperature rise is shown for information and testing/troubleshooting purposes.
Model 1 - 10 Grains Per Gallon Hardenss 11 - 15 Grains Per Gallon Hardness
Flow Rate Headloss* (ft) Temp Rise (°F) Flow Rate Headloss* (ft) Temp Rise (°F)
(gpm) (gpm)
1250 85 16.1 26 104 23.6 21
1500 90 17.9 29 110 26.3 24
1750 120 12.9 25 150 19.6 20
2000 135 16.1 26 170 24.4 21
2500 140 17.2 31 170 24.4 26
3000 150 21.0 35 183 31.5 28
Model 1 - 10 Grains Per Gallon Hardenss 11 - 15 Grains Per Gallon Hardness
Flow Rate (l/m) Headloss* (m) Temp Rise (°C) Flow Rate (l/m) Headloss* (m) Temp Rise (°C)
1250 322 4.9 14 394 7.2 12
1500 341 5.5 16 416 8.0 13
1750 454 3.9 14 568 6.0 11
2000 511 4.9 14 644 7.4 11
2500 530 5.2 17 644 7.4 14
3000 568 6.4 19 693 9.6 16
*Headloss is for the heater only (no piping) Allowable pH is 6.5 to 9.5

Table 10. Volume Water Flow Rates


The OMNITHERM Page 27

4.D Water Flow Recovery Data


Model Temperature Rise

40°F 50°F 60°F 70°F 80°F 90°F 100°F

gph gph gph gph gph gph gph

1250 3293 2634 2195 1881 1646 1463 1317

1500 3920 3136 2613 2240 1960 1742 1568

1750 4568 3654 3045 2610 2284 2030 1827

2000 2568 4214 3512 3010 2634 2341 2107

2500 6578 5262 4385 3759 3289 2923 2631

3000 7767 6214 5178 4438 3884 3452 3107

Model Temperature Rise

22°C 28°C 33°C 39°C 44°C 50°C 56°C

L/h L/h L/h L/h L/h L/h L/h

1250 12463 9971 8309 7122 6232 5539 4985

1500 14837 11870 9891 8478 7418 6594 5935

1750 17290 13832 11527 9880 8645 7684 6916

2000 19942 15953 13294 11395 9971 8863 7977

2500 24899 19919 16599 14228 12449 11066 9959

3000 29401 23521 19601 16801 14701 13067 11761

Table 11. Recovery Data


Page 28 LAARS Heating Systems

SECTION 5 Piping
5.A Boiler Water Piping

5.A.1 Boiler Water Connections in the heat exchanger and condensate inside and outside
NOTE: This unit must be installed in a closed pressure of the boiler from freezing. Damage due to freezing water or
system with a minimum of 12 psi (82.7 kPa) static condensate is not covered by the warranty. The unit must
pressure at the boiler. not be operated in conditions below 5F (-15C).

If installed outdoors, and there is an event such as


The water piping should be supported by suitable a power outage, interruption of gas supply, failure of
hangers or floor stands. Do not support the piping with system components, activation of safety devices, etc.,
this unit. The hangers used should allow for expansion this may prevent a boiler from firing. Any time a boiler
and contraction of pipe. Rigid hangers may transmit is subjected to freezing conditions, and the boiler
noise through the system resulting from the piping sliding is not able to fire, and/or the water is not able to
in the hangers. We recommend that padding be used circulate, there is a risk of freezing in the boiler or
when rigid hangers are installed. Maintain 1” (2.5 cm) in the pipes in the system. When water freezes, it
clearance to combustibles for all hot water pipes. expands. This may result in bursting of pipes, or damage
Suggested piping diagrams are shown in Figure 4 to the boiler, and this could result in leaking or flooding
through Figure 6. These diagrams are meant only as conditions.
guides. Components required by local codes must be
properly installed. Do not use automotive antifreeze. To help prevent
Pipe the discharge of the relief valve (full size) to a drain freezing, The manufacturer recommends the use of
or in a manner to prevent injury in the event of pressure inhibited glycol concentrations between 20% and 35%
relief. Install an air purger, air vent, expansion tank, glycol. Typically, this concentration will serve as burst
hydronic flow check valve in the system supply loop, and protection for temperatures down to approximately -5°F
any other devices required by local codes. The minimum (-20°C). If temperatures are expected to be lower than
fill pressure must be 12 psig (82.7 kPa). Install shutoff -5°F (-20°C), glycol concentrations up to 50% can be
valves where required by code. used. When concentrations greater than 35% are
used, water flow rates must be increased to maintain
the desired temperature rise through the boiler.

5.A.2 Cold Water Make-Up WARNING


Glycol must not be used in domestic hot water
1. Connect the cold water supply to the inlet
applications. Refer to 5.B.4 on page 32 for
connection of an automatic fill valve.
instructions on freeze protection for units (domestic hot
2. Install a suitable back flow preventer between the water).
automatic fill valve and the cold water supply.
3. Install shut off valves where required. Different glycol products may provide varying degrees
of protection. Glycol products must be maintained
In some installations, a hot water heating boiler is
properly in a heating system, or they may become
connected to heating coils located in an air handling
ineffective. Consult the glycol specifications, or the glycol
unit where the coils may be exposed to refrigerated air
manufacturer, for information about specific products,
circulation. In these cases, the boiler piping system must
maintenance of solutions, and set up according to your
be equipped with flow control valves or other automatic
particular conditions.
means to prevent gravity circulation of the boiler water
during the cooling cycle. The following manufacturers offer glycols, inhibitors,
and anti foamants that are suitable for use in the unit.
A boiler installed above radiation level, or as required by
Please refer to the manufacturers instructions for proper
the authority having jurisdiction, must be provided with a
selection and application.
low water cutoff device either as a part of the boiler or at
the time of boiler installation. • Sentinel Performance Solutions Group
• Hercules Chemical Company
5.A.3 Freeze Protection • Dow Chemical Company
This unit may be installed indoors or outdoors. If installing The boiler control offers some assistance with freeze
outdoors in a location that may experience freezing protection, as long as the boiler is energized, and able to fire.
temperatures, precautions must be taken to prevent water
The OMNITHERM Page 29

5.A.4 Suggested Boiler Piping Schematics

1. If the outlet sensor detects less than 45°F, the control Figure 4 on page 29 through Figure 6 on page 31
energizes the boiler pump. show suggested piping configurations for boilers. These
2. If the outlet sensor detects less than 35°F, the control diagrams are only meant as guides. All components or
will fire the boiler. piping required by local code must be installed.
 nce in freeze protect mode, the boiler will remain inLow temp. radiant zone
3. O
that state until the outlet sensor detects greater than
Space heating zone circuits
50°F.

Space heating zone circuit

Air vent System pump

4 pipe dia. max. 4 pipe dia. max. 4 pipe dia. max.


Water feed
controls

4 pipe dia. max.

Note -
This drawing is a schematic
representation of a piping style,
and is not intended to be used
as a working installation drawing.
Local code requirements
must be met.

Figure 4.  oiler Piping — Single Boiler with Multiple


B
Temperature Zones,
Zoning with circulators, and an indirect tank
Page 30 LAARS Heating Systems

Note - Space heating


This drawing is a schematic zone circuits
representation of a piping style,
and is not intended to be used
as a working installation drawing.
Local code requirements
must be met.

Space heating zone circuit Low temp. radiant zone

Air vent

4 pipe dia. max. 4 pipe dia. max.


Water feed controls

Expansion tank

4 pipe dia. max.

Common piping must be sized for the


combined water flow of all the boilers.

Anti-scald
mixing valve
Domestic
hot water
out

Cold
water

Indirect DHW tank

Note - Indirect pump must be sized for boiler and indirect

Figure 5. Boiler Piping — M


 ultiple Boilers, Multiple Temperature Zones, Reverse Return.
Zoning with circulators and DHW Cascade Option.
The OMNITHERM Page 31

Note - High temp.


This drawing is a schematic representation of Space heating space heating zone circuit
a piping style, and is not intended to be used zone circuits
as a working installation drawing.
Local code requirements must be met.

Space heating zone circuit

Air vent

4 pipe dia. max. 4 pipe dia. max.


Water feed
controls

Expansion tank
4 pipe dia. max.

Common piping must be sized for the


combined water flow of all the boilers.

Anti-scald
mixing valve 4 pipe Dia. Max

Domestic
hot water
out

Cold
water

Lag Lag Lead


Indirect DHW tank
Note - Indirect pump must be sized for boiler and indirect

Figure 6. Boiler Piping — Multiple Boilers, Indirect DHW Off of One Boiler
Page 32 LAARS Heating Systems

5.B Water Heaters

5.B.1 Water Quality 5.B.3 Cold Water Make-Up


Water heaters must be installed in water conditions of The cold water make-up may be connected to the tank
15 gpg hardness or less, with a pH range of 6.5 to 9.5 as shown in Figure 7 through Figure 9. If the tank does
pH. Values outside of this range may reduce the life not have a tapping for the cold water supply, the supply
expectancy of the product. Operating at higher water may be run to the pipe between the tank and boiler
hardness levels will cause heat exchanger fouling, outlet. Install back-flow preventers and shut-offs where
erosion, or corrosion, leading to premature component needed or required by code.
failure, reduced efficiency, heat exchanger failure or
system failure. Failure of this type will not be warranted.
If the water in use exceeds the conditions recommended, 5.B.4 Freeze Protection
water softeners or other devices should be installed to
improve water quality. If installing outdoors in a location that may experience
freezing temperatures, precautions must be taken to
prevent water in the heat exchanger and condensate
5.B.2 Heater Water Connections
inside and outside of the boiler from freezing. Damage
The water piping should be supported by suitable due to freezing water or condensate is not covered by the
hangers and floor stands. Do not support the piping with warranty.
this unit. The hangers used should allow for expansion If installed indoors and there is an event such as a power
and contraction of copper pipe. Rigid hangers may outage, component failure or other issue when freezing
transmit noise through the system resulting from piping is likely, the heater and system must be drained to avoid
sliding in the hangers. We recommend that padding be the risk of damage due to freezing. Glycol must not be
used when rigid hangers are installed. Maintain 1” (2.5 used in volume water heating applications.
cm) clearance to combustibles for hot water pipes.
Pipe the discharge of the relief valve (full size) to the
drain or in a manner to prevent injury in the event of 5.B.5 Suggested Piping Schematics
pressure relief. Install a diaphragm-type expansion
tank, flow check, and shutoff valves where needed or as Figure 7 through Figure 9 shows suggested piping
required by code. configurations for water heaters. These diagrams are
only meant as guides. All components or piping required
by local code must be installed.

NOTE: T
 his drawing shows suggested piping
configuration and valving. Check
with local codes and ordinances for
additional requirements.

NOTES:
1. L ocate DHW sensor or remote aquastat well
in lower 1/3 of tank.
2. B ackflow preventer may be required - check local
codes.
3. Thermal expansion tank may be required - check
local codes.
4. C aution: Pump sizing must be based upon water
hardness at job site.
5. If the tank does not have a tapping for the cold water
supply, the supply may be run to the pipe between
the tank and boiler inlet.

Figure 7. DHW Piping - One Heater, One Vertical Tank


..
The OMNITHERM Page 33

NOTE: T
 his drawing shows suggested piping
configuration and valving. Check
with local codes and ordinances for
additional requirements.

NOTES:
1. Locate the DHW sensor or remote aquastat well in lower 1/3 of tank.
2. Backflow preventer may be required - check local codes.
3. Thermal expansion tank may be required - check local codes.
4. Caution: Pump sizing must be based upon water hardness at job site.
5. If the tank does not have a tapping for the cold water supply, the supply may be run to the pipe
between the tank and boiler inlet.

Figure 8. DHW Piping - One Heater, Two Vertical Tanks

KEY:
NOTES:
1. Optional CWMU & recirculation line location.
2. Locate NTV DHW sensor or remote aquastat well in lower 1/3 of tank.
..
3. Back Flow Preventer may be required. Check local codes.
4. Thermal expansion tank may be required. Check local codes.
5. CAUTION: Pump sizing must be based upon water hardness at
job site.

NOTE: T
 his drawing shows suggested
piping configuration and
valving. Check with local
codes and ordinances for
additional requirements.

Figure 9. DHW Piping - Two Heaters, Two Vertical Tanks


Page 34 LAARS Heating Systems

SECTION 6 Condensate Drain Trap SECTION 7 Electrical Connections


This appliance creates condensation at some operating 7.A Installation Warnings
conditions as a by-product of cold water supply
conditions. The condensate must be drained from unit.
CAUTION
A combination condensate drain/trap is included on
The supply voltage to this unit must not be
the unit. See Figure 10 This is used to drain the
disconnected, except for service or isolation, or unless
condensate from the heat exchanger of the unit. This
otherwise instructed by procedures outlined in this
condensate drain trap must be installed to prevent the
manual. To signal a call for heat, use the heat demand
accumulation of condensate. Connect a ¾” PVC pipe
inputs, as shown in the wiring diagram.
between the drain connection and a floor drain. The
PVC pipe must continuously slope downward toward
DO NOT MAKE AND BREAK THE LINE VOLTAGE
the drain, with no spiraling. If there is no accessible
TO THE UNIT TO SIGNAL A CALL FOR HEAT. A
floor drain, or if the drain pipe cannot be installed with
call for heat/end call for heat MUST be connected to
the proper slope, a condensate pump will be needed to
the heat demand terminals. Some components are
ensure that condensate is removed.
designed to have constant voltage during normal
operation. If the units supply voltage is toggled as
Consult local codes for direction on disposal of
a call for heat signal, premature failure of these
condensate. In some cases (code requirements or
components may result.
drain material), condensate will need to be neutralized.
A condensate neutralizer is not included with the
unit, but is available from Laars as an accessory. If a
neutralizer is required, it is helpful to install the boiler CAUTION
or water heater on a raised 4” (minimum) concrete
Label all wires prior to disconnection when servicing
platform. This will generally allow sufficient elevation
controls. Wiring errors can cause improper and dangerous
for the condensate neutralizer to be installed below the
operation. Verify proper operation after operation servicing.
condensate trap. See Figure 10.

If the unit is installed outdoors in a location that may


experience freezing temperatures, precautions must be ATTENTION
taken to prevent condensate from freezing. Damage Au moment de l’entretien des commandes, étiquetez
due to freezing condensate is not covered by the tous les fils avant de les débrancher. Les erreurs de
warranty. câblage peuvent nuire au bon fonctionnement et être
dangereuses. S’assurer que l’appareil fonctionne
adéquatement une fois l’entretien terminé.
CAUTION
Condensate is mildly acidic (pH=5) and may harm
some floor drains and/or pipes, particularly those WARNING
that are metal. Ensure that the drain, drainpipe,
and anything that will come in contact with the The unit must be electrically grounded in accordance with
the requirements of the authority having jurisdiction or, in
condensate can withstand the acidity, or neutralize
the absence of such requirements, with the latest edition
the condensate before disposal. Damage caused of the National Electrical Code, ANSI/NFPA 70, in the
by failure to install a neutralizer kit or to U.S. and with the latest edition of CSA C22.1 Canadian
adequately treat condensate will not be the Electrical Code, Part 1, in Canada. Do not rely on the gas
manufacturer’s responsibility. or water piping to ground the metal parts of the unit. Plastic
pipe or dielectric unions may isolate the unit electrically.
Service and maintenance personnel, who work on or
around the unit, may be standing on wet floors and could
be electrocuted by an ungrounded unit. Electrocution can
result in severe injury or death.
Single pole switches, including those of safety controls and
protective devices, must not be wired in a grounded line.
All electrical connections are made on the terminal blocks
Neutralizer kit is that are located inside the control panel.
not included.
All internal electrical components have been prewired. No
attempt should be made to connect electrical wires to any
Figure 10. Raised Concrete Platform. 4" Min other location except the terminal blocks.
The OMNITHERM Page 35

7.B Main Power Connections


This unit is provided with an electrical junction box on
the rear panel for main power connections. See Figure
11. All power wires are factory installed between this
junction box and the main high voltage box at the front
of the unit. The unit is available with multiple voltage
packages to adapt to customer needs ranging from
120-600 volts with single or 3 phase versions. Refer to
the rating plate and Table 12 for appropriate voltage and
current ratings.

On all models, the incoming voltage must be protected


by an appropriately sized circuit breaker, installed by
qualified/authorized personnel. The 120-volt and 24-
volt systems will be protected with resettable fuses
mounted in the top of the high voltage box. The 24-
volt transformer is also redundantly protected by its
integrated 4 amp resettable fuse.

On three phase models, a step down transformer (which


is protected using an appropriate din rail mounted circuit
breaker) generates 120-volt single phase to power the
24-volt transformer. The 120-volt and 24-volt outputs of
either transformer are protected with resettable fuses VIEW from the BACK
mounted in the top of the high voltage box. The 24-
volt transformer is also redundantly protected by its Power and Field Connections must be
integrated 4 amp resettable fuse. wired vertically between cascaded units.

All power connections must be run through the back Use the factory installed conduit to run all wiring.
panel as shown in Figure 11.
Figure 11. Wiring Access

7.C Main Power Data


Voltage 1250 Current 1500 Current 1750 Current 2000 Current 2500 Current 3000 Current

FLA MCA MOP FLA MCA MOP FLA MCA MOP FLA MCA MOP FLA MCA MOP FLA MCA MOP

120V, 1 9.4 11.8 20 9.4 11.8 20 9.2 11.5 20 9.2 11.5 20 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
phase
208V, 1 N/A N/A N/A 4.8 6.0 15 5.0 6.3 15 5.0 6.3 15 5.0 6.3 15 N/A N/A N/A
phase
220/240 N/A N/A N/A 4.8 5.8 15 4.8 6.0 15 4.8 6.0 15 4.8 6.0 15 N/A N/A N/A
V, 1
phase
208V, 3 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 5.2 6.5 15 6.2 7.8 15
phase
480V, 3 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 2.2 2.8 15 2.7 3.4 15
phase
600V, 3 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 1.8 2.3 15 2.2 2.8 15
phase

Table 12. Electrical Data FLA - Full Load Amperage MCA - Minimum Circuit Ampacity MOP - Maximum Over-current Protection

Single Phase Three Phase Caution


120 240 208 600 480 208 The supply voltage to the unit must not be disengaged,
L1 Blk Blk Blk L1 P BR Blk except for service or isolation, or unless otherwise
L2/N Wht Red Red L2 V O Red instructed by procedures outlined in this manual. To
signal a call for heat, use the correct terminals as
L3 T Y BL
instructed in Figure 13
Table 13. Phase Voltage Color Identification
GND 4

120VAC
120N 5
Page 36 LAARS Heating 120N 6Systems
120N 7
120L 8
7.D Control Panel Layout 120L 9
120L 10
24N 11
24N 12

24VAC
24N 13
24V 14
24V 15
24V 16
BOILER PUMP (N) 17
BOILER PUMP (L) 18
DHW PUMP 19
DHW PUMP 20

DRY CONTACTS
SYSTEM PUMP 21
SYSTEM PUMP 22
SPARE 1 23
SPARE 1 24
SPARE 2 25
SPARE 2 26
ALARM BELL 27
ALARM BELL 28
SYSTEM SUPPLY 29
SYSTEM SUPPLY 30
SYSTEM RETURN 31

SENSORS
SYSTEM RETURN 32
DHW 33
DHW 34
OUTDOOR 35
OUTDOOR 36
CH1/DHW1 37
HEAT DEMANDS
CH1/DHW1 38
CH2/DHW2 39
CH2/DHW2 40
DHW/DHW3 41
DHW/DHW3 42
SPARE 1 43
SPARE INPUTS

SPARE 1 44
SPARE 2 45
SPARE 2 46
BAS 0-10VDC 47
IN

BAS 0-10VDC 48
PUMP 0-10VDC 49
OUT

PUMP 0-10VDC 50
Figure 12. Control Panel Layout and Components RUN - C 51
DRY CONTACTS

RUN - N.C. 52
RUN - N.O. 53
7.E Field Connections ALARM - C 54
Wiring for all field connections must be run through the available electrical ALARM - N.C. 55
conduit to the back of the unit. See Figure 11. ALARM - N.O. 56
CASCADE - B 57
When running the field connection wiring between the units in a cascading
RS485

CASCADE - A 58
installation, always exit and enter the unit through the lower back panels
CASCADE - GND 59
so that during future servicing, the wires do not have to be disconnected in
BMS - B 60
order to remove the top and side panels.
RS485

BMS - A 61
It is up to the electrician to install all power and system wiring BMS - GND 62
as per codes and best practices.
Figure 13. F
 ield Connections
(on Terminal Block 1)
The OMNITHERM Page 37

7.E.1 Power
Notice
7.E.2 Boiler Pump When running the Power and Field Connection
wiring between the units (Cascade, System
I​f connecting a boiler contactor or pump, use terminals Sensor, Outdoor Sensor, Building Automation,
17 (neutral) and 18 (line voltage). The output of these
Etc), always Exit and Enter the wiring through
terminals is 120VAC with a maximum output current of
the lower back panels so that during future
1.5 amps. Boiler pump functionality is configured using
the touch screen. (See 8.D.5 on page 78) servicing, the wires are not in the way and do not
have to be disconnected in order to remove the
The controller energizes the appropriate pump contacts top and side panels.
when it receives a call for heat. Once the call for heat is
satisfied, the pumps will remain on for the defined pump
overrun time.
Attention
The boiler pump is fed 120VAC internally from the main
Lors de l’exécution du domaine d’alimentation et
power feed. The current rating of this output is 2.5A
maximum at 250VAC. The system and DHW pump
les fils électriques de connexion entre les unités
outputs are dry contacts, both with current ratings of (Cascade, Capteur, système capteur extérieur,
1.5A maximum at 250VAC. An appropriately sized domotique, etc), TOUJOURS quitter et entrer les
contactor must be supplied and installed by a qualified unités à travers la partie inférieure arrière de sorte
technician for each of these outputs. Pump functionality qu’au cours de l’entretien futur, les fils ne sont pas
is configured using the touchscreen. dans la voie et n’ont pas à être déconnecté afin
d’enlever le haut et le côté.
7.E.3 Dry Contacts
DHW Pump - when connecting a domestic hot water System Return - if used, is connected to terminals 31
(DHW) pump, use terminals 19 and 20. As this is a dry and 32. When connected, the controller automatically
contact, the DHW pump supply voltage or DHW pump detects the presence of this sensor and the temperature
relay coil voltage would be applied at terminal 19, and is shown on the home screen above the blue system
when the DHW pump is activated, would be available output arrow.
at terminal 20. Contact ratings are 250VAC, 1.5A
maximum. DHW pump functionality is configured using Domestic Hot Water (DHW) - if a tank sensor is used,
the touch screen. connect to terminals 33 and 34. When connected, the
System Pump - if connecting a system pump, use unit will automatically detect the presence of this sensor
terminals 21 and 22. As this is a dry contact, the system and perform the DHW thermostat function based on the
pump supply voltage or system pump relay coil voltage settings selected at DHW or DHW3 parameter screens.
would be applied at terminal 21, and when the system The temperature is displayed on the home screen below
pump is activated, power will be available at terminal 22. the faucet icon. The controller initiates a call for heat,
Contact ratings are 250VAC, 1.5A maximum. System maintaining the set point within the on and off hysteresis
pump functionality is configured using the touch screen. selected at DHW or DHW3 demand screen, without any
Spare 1 and Spare 2 - no functionality available on this need for jumpers.
unit.
Note: The Heat Demands at 33 to 34 are used for sensors
only, aquastats would be applied to the “Heat Demand”
7.E.4 Alarm Bell terminals 41 and 42 (see Heat Demands section below).
If connecting an alarm bell, use terminals 27 and 28.
As this is a dry contact, the alarm bell supply voltage is Outdoor - if used, is connected to terminals 35 and 36.
applied at terminal 27, with the alarm bell connected to When connected, the controller automatically detects the
terminal 28. presence of this sensor and the temperature is shown on the
home screen as the Outdoor Ambient Temperature (OAT).
7.E.5 Sensors If installed, options such as outdoor reset and warm
System Supply - if used, is connected to terminals 29 weather shutdown can be enabled through the display.
and 30. When connected, the controller automatically Always install the Outdoor Sensor at an outdoor location
detects the presence of this sensor and the temperature that is not affected by false temperature readings such as
is shown on the home screen above the red system sunlight or hot equipment.
supply arrow. When installed, the unit controls the firing
rate to maintain the system supply temperature to the
heat demand set point (or CSP) and hysteresis.
Page 38 LAARS Heating Systems

7.E.6 Heat Demands


(Boiler / Water Heater)
Alarm - when used, is connected to terminals 54
(common), 55 (normally closed), and 56 (normally
CH1/DHW1 - if a thermostat/aquastat or end switch
open). The controller closes the normally open set
(isolated contact only) is used as a heat demand, connect
of contacts whenever the unit is locked out. Contact
to terminals 37 and 38 . CH1/DHW1 functionality is
ratings are 250VAC, 0.6A maximum.
configured on the touch screen on the CH1/DHW1
screens.
7.E.11 RS485 for Cascade (Lead Lag)
CH2/DHW2 – if an additional thermostat/aquastat or This commercial unit can be connected in Lead Lag
end switch (isolated contact only) is required as a heat up to a total of 8 units (controllers). One as the Lead
demand, connect to terminals 39 and 40. CH2/DHW2 control and up to 7 more as the Lag controllers.
functionality is configured on the touch screen on Prior to wiring units for cascade operations, select one
CH2/DHW2 screens. unit as the lead boiler/heater. Other units connected
to the lead boiler/heater will be referred to as lag
DHW/DHW3 – if an aquastat, end switch (isolated units. Communication between lead and lag units is
contact only), or flow switch is used as a DHW heat accomplished using RS485. When wiring these units
demand, connect to terminals 41 and 42. If preferred, a for cascade operations, use terminals 57, 58, and 59
DHW tank sensor can be used in lieu of an aquastat to (See Figure 13 on page 36). Use 2-wire twisted
generate a heat demand (see Sensors section above). pair, shielded w/drain (communication cable) between
units. Connect one wire of the communication cable to
NOTE: CH1/DHW1, CH2/DHW2, and DHW heat demand A (-), terminal 58, and the other wire to terminal B (+),
contacts must be dry contacts. The controllers heat terminal 57, and a third conductor to GND, terminal 59
demand voltage is 24VDC. (see RS485 NOTE: Grounding). Connect the other end
of the cable to the next unit, matching the termination
wiring on the previous unit. If more than two units are
7.E.7 Spare Inputs cascaded together, daisy chain the wiring from unit to
There is no functionality associated with these inputs. unit, keeping the cables as short as possible. A system
supply sensor must be installed and connected to the
lead boiler. The lead boiler will use this system supply
7.E.8 Analog Input, BMS sensor as the temperature control sensor for cascade
BMS – if an analog input (0-10VDC or 4-20mA) from a operations.
Building Management System is used as a remote set Section 8.D.4.a on page 75 shows how these systems
point or remote firing rate command, wire to terminals are configured in the touchscreen controls. Any heat
47 and 48 (See Figure 13 on page 36). Polarity is demand at the lead boiler/heater will be treated as a
shown on the terminal label. Selecting voltage or current cascade heat demand.
input is accomplished through jumper placement on the
control board. See Figure 14. Analog BMS functionality
is configured using the touch screen.

7.E.9 Analog Output, Pump


Pump – when using Vari-Prime pump control, wire the
pump speed wires to terminals 49 and 50. Polarity is
shown on the terminal label. Selecting voltage or current
output is accomplished through jumper placement on the
control board. See Figure 14. Vari-Prime functionality is
configured using the touch screen.

7.E.10 Dry Contacts (Run & Alarm)


Run - when used, is connected to terminals 51
(common), 52 (normally closed), and 53 (normally open) WARNING
(See Figure 13 on page 36). The controller closes When servicing the controls, label all wires prior to
the normally open set of contacts whenever the unit is disconnection. Wiring errors can cause improper and
running. Contact ratings are 250VAC, 0.6A maximum. dangerous operation. Verify proper operation after
servicing.
24N 13 24N 13 24N 13

24VA

24VA

24VA
24V 14 24V 14 24V 14
The OMNITHERM 24V 15 24V 15 Page 39 24V 15
24V 16 24V 16 24V 16
BOILER PUMP (N) 17 BOILER PUMP (N) 17 BOILER PUMP (N) 17
BOILER PUMP (L) 18 BOILER PUMP (L) 18 BOILER PUMP (L) 18
DHW PUMP 19 DHW PUMP 19 DHW PUMP 19
DHW PUMP 20 DHW PUMP 20 DHW PUMP 20
DRY CONTACTS

DRY CONTACTS

DRY CONTACTS
SYSTEM PUMP 21 SYSTEM PUMP 21 SYSTEM PUMP 21
SYSTEM PUMP 22 SYSTEM PUMP 22 SYSTEM PUMP 22
SPARE 1 23 SPARE 1 23 SPARE 1 23
SPARE 1 24 SPARE 1 24 SPARE 1 24
SPARE 2 25 SPARE 2 25 SPARE 2 25
SPARE 2 26 SPARE 2 26 SPARE 2 26
ALARM BELL 27 ALARM BELL 27 ALARM BELL 27
ALARM BELL 28 ALARM BELL 28 ALARM BELL 28
SYSTEM SUPPLY 29 SYSTEM SUPPLY 29 SYSTEM SUPPLY 29
SYSTEM SUPPLY 30 SYSTEM SUPPLY 30 SYSTEM SUPPLY 30
SYSTEM RETURN 31 SYSTEM RETURN 31 SYSTEM RETURN 31
SENSORS

SENSORS

SENSORS
SYSTEM RETURN 32 SYSTEM RETURN 32 SYSTEM RETURN 32
DHW 33 DHW 33 DHW 33
DHW 34 DHW 34 DHW 34
OUTDOOR 35 OUTDOOR 35 OUTDOOR 35
OUTDOOR 36 OUTDOOR 36 OUTDOOR 36
CH1/DHW1 37 CH1/DHW1 37 CH1/DHW1 37
HEAT DEMANDS

HEAT DEMANDS

HEAT DEMANDS
CH1/DHW1 38 CH1/DHW1 38 CH1/DHW1 38
CH2/DHW2 39 CH2/DHW2 39 CH2/DHW2 39
CH2/DHW2 40 CH2/DHW2 40 CH2/DHW2 40
DHW/DHW3 41 DHW/DHW3 41 DHW/DHW3 41
DHW/DHW3 42 DHW/DHW3 42 DHW/DHW3 42
SPARE 1 43 SPARE 1 43 SPARE 1 43
SPARE INPUTS

SPARE INPUTS

SPARE INPUTS
SPARE 1 44 SPARE 1 44 SPARE 1 44
Figure 14. Jumper
SPARE 2locations45
at the inputs SPARE 2 45 SPARE 2 45
SPARE 2 46 SPARE 2 46 SPARE 2 46
BAS 0-10VDC 47 BAS 0-10VDC 47 BAS 0-10VDC 47
IN

IN

IN
BAS 0-10VDC 48 BAS 0-10VDC 48 BAS 0-10VDC 48
PUMP 0-10VDC 49 PUMP 0-10VDC 49 PUMP 0-10VDC 49
OUT

OUT

OUT
PUMP 0-10VDC 50 PUMP 0-10VDC 50 PUMP 0-10VDC 50
RUN - C 51 RUN - C 51 RUN - C 51
DRY CONTACTS

DRY CONTACTS

DRY CONTACTS
RUN - N.C. 52 RUN - N.C. 52 RUN - N.C. 52
RUN - N.O. 53 RUN - N.O. 53 RUN - N.O. 53
ALARM - C 54 ALARM - C 54 ALARM - C 54
ALARM - N.C. 55 ALARM - N.C. 55 ALARM - N.C. 55
ALARM - N.O. 56 ALARM - N.O. 56 ALARM - N.O. 56
CASCADE - B 57 CASCADE - B 57 CASCADE - B 57
RS485

RS485

RS485

CASCADE - A 58 CASCADE - A 58 CASCADE - A 58


CASCADE - GND 59 CASCADE - GND 59 CASCADE - GND 59
BMS - B 60 BMS - B 60 BMS - B 60
RS485

RS485

RS485

BMS - A 61 BMS - A 61 BMS - A 61


BMS - GND 62 BMS - GND 62 BMS - GND 62

Lead Lag

Figure 15. Cascade Wiring Connections


OUTDOOR 35 OUTDOOR 35 OUTDOOR 3
OUTDOOR 36 OUTDOOR 36 OUTDOOR 3
CH1/DHW1 37 CH1/DHW1 37 CH1/DHW1 3
LAARS Heating Systems

HEAT DEMANDS

HEAT DEMANDS

HEAT DEMANDS
Page 40
CH1/DHW1 38 CH1/DHW1 38 CH1/DHW1 3
CH2/DHW2 39 CH2/DHW2 39 CH2/DHW2 3
7.E.12 RS485 BMS CH2/DHW2 40 CH2/DHW2 40 CH2/DHW2 4
BMS – if communicating to the unit41via RS485 serial
DHW/DHW3 DHW/DHW3 41 DHW/DHW3 4
communications, either Modbus or 42
DHW/DHW3 BACnet MSTP, DHW/DHW3 42 DHW/DHW3 4
60, 161, and 6243(Figure 13 on
SPARE SPARE 1 43 SPARE 1 4
SPARE INPUTS

SPARE INPUTS

SPARE INPUTS
connect to terminals
page 36. Use 2-wire SPARE 1
twisted 44
pair, shielded w/drain SPARE 1 44 SPARE 1 4
SPAREbetween
(communication cable) 2 45 Connect one
units. SPARE 2 45 SPARE 2 4
SPARE 2 cable to46
wire of the communication A (-), terminal 61, SPARE 2 46 SPARE 2 4
and the other wire to terminal
BAS 0-10VDC B (+),47terminal 60, and a BAS 0-10VDC 47 BAS 0-10VDC 4
IN

IN

IN
third conductor to GND, terminal
BAS 0-10VDC 62 48(see RS485 NOTE: BAS 0-10VDC 48 BAS 0-10VDC 4
Grounding & Shielding).
PUMP 0-10VDC 49 PUMP 0-10VDC 49 PUMP 0-10VDC 4
OUT

OUT

OUT
Section 8.D.10.d onPUMP
page0-10VDC
87 shows50how these systems PUMP 0-10VDC 50 PUMP 0-10VDC 5
are configured in the touchscreen controls.
RUN - C 51 RUN - C 51 RUN - C 5
DRY CONTACTS

DRY CONTACTS

DRY CONTACTS
RUN - N.C. 52 RUN - N.C. 52 RUN - N.C. 5
RUN - N.O. 53 RUN - N.O. 53 RUN - N.O. 5
ALARM - C 54 ALARM - C 54 ALARM - C 5
ALARM - N.C. 55 ALARM - N.C. 55 ALARM - N.C. 5
ALARM - N.O. 56 ALARM - N.O. 56 ALARM - N.O. 5
CASCADE - B 57 CASCADE - B 57 CASCADE - B 5
RS485

RS485

RS485
CASCADE - A 58 CASCADE - A 58 CASCADE - A 5
CASCADE - GND 59 CASCADE - GND 59 CASCADE - GND 5
BMS - B 60 BMS - B 60 BMS - B 6
RS485

RS485

RS485
BMS - A 61 BMS - A 61 BMS - A 6
BMS - GND 62 BMS - GND 62 BMS - GND 6

Figure 16. BMS Wiring Connections

RS485 NOTE: RS485 Grounding & Shielding


Grounding: To ensure that common mode voltage does not compromise the date, or damage the equipment, an extra
wire should always be used to connect the signal grounds. This means that a "two-wire" system actually requires three
conductors. Although it is possible to obtain cable with a twisted pair and a third conductor, it is simpler to use a cable
with an extra twisted pair and use one or both conductors for the signal ground.
Shielding: It is often difficult to make a clear determination as to whether shielded cable is required in an
application. Since the added cost of shielded cable is usually minimal, in most cases it is worth installing. If
shielded cable is used, the shield should be grounded at one end only, preferably to earth ground. It is not
recommended to use a shield drain wire as the signal ground.
35
36
37
The OMNITHERM Page 41
38
39
40 7.F Modbus/BACnet Memory Map
BACnet BACnet
41 Modbus Data Object
42 Address R/W Map Descriptor Name Type ID Read/Write Notes
0 Read Inlet sensor AI 0 Read
43
1 Read Outlet sensor AI 1 Read
44 3 Read DHW sensor AI 3 Read
45 4 Read System Inlet Sensor AI 4 Read
5 Read System Outlet Sensor AI 5 Read
46
6 Read Outdoor Sensor AI 6 Read
47 7 Read Flue Sensor AI 7 Read
48 12 Read Flame Signal 1 AI 12 Read
14 Read 0-10VDC (4-20mA) Input for BMS AI 14 Read
49 bit0 = Flow Switch
50 bit1 = LWCO
51 bit2 = MRHL
bit3 = SV2 Valve Interlock
52 18 Read Safety Chain Status AI 18 Read
bit4 = High Gas Pressure
53 bit5 = Low Gas Pressure
bit6 = ARHL
54
bit7 = Condensate Level
55 bit0 = Field Input 1
19 Read Non-safety Chain Status AI 19 Read
56 bit1 = Field Input 2
0=None
57 1=Anti-Short Cycle
58 2=Service
59 3=DHW
4=Cascade
60 20 Read Demand source AI 20 Read
5=External
61 6=CH1
7=CH2
62
10=Anti-Frost
11=Warm Weather Shutdown
bit0 = Run Contact
bit1 = Alarm Contact
bit2 = DHW Pump
bit3 = System Pump
21 Read Digital Output Status AI 21 Read
bit5 = Aux Dry Contact 1
bit6 = Aux Dry Contact 2
bit7 = Boiler Pump
bit8 = Aux Powered Contact
bit 0 = N/A
22 Read Gas and Pilot Valve Status AI 22 Read
bit 1 = Burner 1 Gas valve 1
23 Read 0-10VDC (4-20mA) Output for Pump Speed AI 23 Read mV
27 Read Modulating Fan 1 - Speed AI 27 Read RPM
33 Read Modulating Burner1 Firing rate AI 33 Read %
LOW FLOW ERROR = 0
LOW WATER CUT OFF ERROR = 1
MANUAL RESET HIGH LIMIT ERROR = 2
BLOCKED FLUE ERROR = 3
HIGH GAS PRESSURE ERROR = 4
LOW GAS PRESSURE ERROR = 5
AUTO RESET HIGH LIMIT ERROR = 6
SPARE SAFETY CHAIN ERROR = 7
OUTLET PROBE ERROR = 8
OUTLET PROBE DRIFT ERROR = 9
35 Read Lockout Code AI 35 Read OUTLET PROBE HIGH LIMIT ERROR = 10
FLUE PROBE ERROR = 11
FLUE PROBE DRIFT ERROR = 13
FLUE PROBE HIGH LIMIT ERROR = 14
INLET PROBE ERROR = 15
DELTA T ERROR = 16
GENERIC LOCKOUT = 17
BURNER1 MAX TRIALS ERROR = 22
BURNER1 MAX FLAME LOST ERROR = 24
BURNER1 FAN SPEED ERROR = 28
NO LOCKOUT = 255
24VDC ERROR = 30
24VAC ERROR = 31
DHW PROBE ERROR = 32
SYSTEM SUPPLY PROBE ERROR = 33
Page 42 LAARS Heating Systems

7.F Modbus/BACnet Memory Map (continued)


BACnet BACnet
Modbus Data Object
Address R/W Map Descriptor Name Type ID Read/Write Notes
SYSTEM RETURN PROBE ERROR = 34
36 Read Error Code AI 36 Read
OUTDOOR PROBE ERROR = 35
FLUE PROBE ERROR = 36
HIGH LIMIT AUTO ERROR = 41
HIGH DELTA T ERROR = 42
FAN SPEED ERROR = 43
38 Read History - DHW Demand Cycles AI 38 Read x 10
39 Read History - CH1 Demand Cycles AI 39 Read x 10
40 Read History - CH2 Demand Cycles AI 40 Read x 10
43 Read History - Cascade Demand Cycles AI 43 Read x 10
44 Read History - Burner Stage 1 Cycles AI 44 Read x 10
48 Read History - Boiler Pump Cycles AI 48 Read x 10
49 Read History - DHW Pump Cycles AI 49 Read x 10
50 Read History - System Pump Cycles AI 50 Read x 10
51 Read History - Average Boiler Outlet Temperature AI 51 Read °F
52 Read History - Maximum Boiler Outlet Temperature AI 52 Read °F
53 Read History - Minimum Boiler Outlet Temperature AI 53 Read °F
54 Read History - Boiler Average Firing Temperature AI 54 Read °F
55 Read History - Boiler Maximum Firing Time AI 55 Read Hours
56 Read History - Boiler Minimum Firing Time AI 56 Read Hours
0 = None
1 = Outlet
2 = DHW
64 Read Modulation Sensor AI 64 Read 3 = System
4 = Inlet
5 = Flue
6 = System Return
65 Read Active Service AI 65 Read %
0 = Not Present
1 = Not Available
66 Read Lag 1 State AI 66 Read 2 = Available
3 = Running
4 = Locked Out
67 Read Lag 1 Firing Rate AI 67 Read Current firing rate (0-100%)
0 = Not Present
1 = Not Available
68 Read Lag 2 State AI 68 Read 2 = Available
3 = Running
4 = Locked Out
69 Read Lag 2 Firing Rate AI 69 Read Current firing rate (0-100%)
0 = Not Present
1 = Not Available
70 Read Lag 3 State AI 70 Read 2 = Available
3 = Running
4 = Locked Out
71 Read Lag 3 Firing Rate AI 71 Read Current firing rate (0-100%)
0 = Not Present
1 = Not Available
72 Read Lag 4 State AI 72 Read 2 = Available
3 = Running
4 = Locked Out
73 Read Lag 4 Firing Rate AI 73 Read Current firing rate (0-100%)
0 = Not Present
1 = Not Available
74 Read Lag 5 State AI 74 Read 2 = Available
3 = Running
4 = Locked Out
75 Read Lag 5 Firing Rate AI 75 Read Ccrrent firing rate (0-100%)
0 = Not Present
1 = Not Available
76 Read Lag 6 State AI 76 Read 2 = Available
3 = Running
4 = Locked Out
77 Read Lag 6 Firing Rate AI 77 Read Ccrrent firing rate (0-100%)
0 = Not Present
1 = Not Available
78 Read Lag 7 State AI 78 Read 2 = Available
3 = Running
4 = Locked Out
79 Read Lag 7 Firing Rate AI 79 Read Current firing rate (0-100%)
The OMNITHERM Page 43

BACnet BACnet
Modbus Data Object
Address R/W Map Descriptor Name Type ID Read/Write Notes
0 = Not Present
1 = Not Available
80 Read Lead 0 State AI 80 Read 2 = Available
3 = Running
4 = Locked Out
81 Read Lead 0 Firing Rate AI 81 Read Current firing rate (0-100%)
83 Read Active CH Setpoint AI 83 Read
0=None
5 = Start
24 = Error Block
160 = Standby
165 = Check Safety Swtich
166 = Run
177 = Prepurge Open
181 = Parameter Block
183 = Lockout
84 Read Burner Status 1 AI 84 Read 188 = Testmode
194 = Prepurge Closed
195 = Wait for HIS Free
196 = HIS Preheat/Prespark
200 = Verify Primary SF
217 = interpurge
241 = Postpurge
245 = Trial for Ignition
250 = Trial for Ignition Main
52=Post Purge
0 = no CH source
1 = CH1
86 Read CH Set Point Source AI 86 Read
2 = CH2
5 = External Demand
89 Read Boiler Pump Status AI 89 Read
90 Read Cascade Master Heat Demand AI 90 Read
91 Read Burner 1 Run Time AI 91 Read
i
128 Read/Write CH1 Enable/Disable AV 0 Read/Write 0 = Disable; 1 = Enable;
129 Read/Write CH1 Set Point AV 1 Read/Write
130 Read/Write CH1 P AV 2 Read/Write
131 Read/Write CH1 I AV 3 Read/Write
132 Read/Write CH1 D AV 4 Read/Write
133 Read/Write CH2 Enable/Disable AV 5 Read/Write 0 = Disable; 1 = Enable;
134 Read/Write CH2 Set Point AV 6 Read/Write
135 Read/Write CH2 P AV 7 Read/Write
136 Read/Write CH2 I AV 8 Read/Write
137 Read/Write CH2 D AV 9 Read/Write
140 Read/Write CH1 PID High - P AV 12 Read/Write
141 Read/Write CH1 PID High - I AV 13 Read/Write
142 Read/Write CH1 PID High - D AV 14 Read/Write
145 Read/Write CH2 PID High - P AV 17 Read/Write
146 Read/Write CH2 PID High - I AV 18 Read/Write
147 Read/Write CH2 PID High - D AV 19 Read/Write
148 Read/Write DHW Enable/Disable AV 20 Read/Write 0 = Disable; 1 = Enable;
149 Read/Write DHW Set Point AV 21 Read/Write
150 Read/Write DHW PID Low - P AV 22 Read/Write
151 Read/Write DHW PID Low - I AV 23 Read/Write
152 Read/Write DHW PID Low - D AV 24 Read/Write
159 Read/Write DHW PID High - P AV 31 Read/Write
160 Read/Write DHW PID High - I AV 32 Read/Write
161 Read/Write DHW PID High - D AV 33 Read/Write
165 Read/Write Vari-Prime P - Proportional Term AV 37 Read/Write
166 Read/Write Vari-Prime I - Integral Term AV 38 Read/Write
167 Read/Write Vari-Prime D - Derivative Term AV 39 Read/Write
168 Read/Write Vari-Prime Delta T AV 40 Read/Write
174 Read/Write DHW Demand switch BV 0 Read/Write 0 = No Heat Demand; 1 = Heat Demand
175 Read/Write CH 1 Demand switch BV 1 Read/Write 0 = No Heat Demand; 1 = Heat Demand
176 Read/Write CH 2 Demand switch BV 2 Read/Write 0 = No Heat Demand; 1 = Heat Demand
179 Read/Write Modbus Parameter Write Enable
4 3 2 DWG NO. SH REV
E23819 1 B
CUMENT AND THE INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN ARE REVISIONS
IETARY TO LAARS HEATING SYSTEMS AND SHALL NOT BE REV. ECN DRAFT CHECK ENGR APPR APPR
DUCED, TRANSFERRED TO OTHER DOCUMENTS, USED OR
SED TO OTHERS FOR MANUFACTURING OR ANY OTHER B 17-152N-03 RR 3/8/19 DG 3/8/19 SH 3/8/19
SE EXCEPT AS SPECIFICALLY AUTHORIZED IN WRITING
RS HEATING SYSTEMS. CHANGE: ADDED ENCLOSURE FAN ONE TERMINAL BLOCK &
JUMPER
Page 44

BLOWER 7

Figure 17.
AMP
TO CONNECTOR "X22"
ON HARNESS
E23815

G L1 L2
BK BK
G
1 4
G BK R BK
2 3

BK R
R BK/O
4 8 W
BK
7.G Wiring Diagrams, High Voltage

CONTACTOR

W C
BK/O 1 0 CIRCUIT B

BREAKER
ENCLOSURE
2 6 L1 L2 H N N G FAN
1 2 3 4 5 6
BK R A

Wiring Diagram, 208 or 240V 1 Phase 1500 to 2500


BK
L1
R
L2
G
GND

R H2 X3 or X4 W
PRIM SEC
BK H1 X1 BK

(SEE XFMR CONNECTIONS TABLE)

WIRE COLOR LEGEND


BLACK BK
ROWN BR
LAARS Heating Systems

RED R
TRANSFORMER CONNECTIONS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED:
RANGE O DO NOT SCALE DRAWING.
TOLERANCES ARE: THIRD ANGLE PROJECTION.
INPUT VOLTAGE PRIMARY SECONDARY DECIMALS .X .1 FRACTIONS 1/8"
ELLOW Y DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES.
208 X4 - X1 DECIMALS .XX .03
DECIMALS .XXX .010
GREEN G 220 H1 - H2 TITLE:
ANGLES 1
X3 - X1 WIRE DIAGRAM, AC DIST. BOX,
240 MATERIAL: APPROVALS
4 3 2 DWG NO. SH REV
E23823 1 A
THIS DOCUMENT AND THE INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN ARE REVISIONS
PROPRIETARY TO LAARS HEATING SYSTEMS AND SHALL NOT BE REV. ECN DRAFT CHECK ENGR APPR APPR
REPRODUCED, TRANSFERRED TO OTHER DOCUMENTS, USED OR
DISCLOSED TO OTHERS FOR MANUFACTURING OR ANY OTHER A 17-152N-03 RR 3/7/19 DG 3/7/19 SH 3/7/19
PURPOSE EXCEPT AS SPECIFICALLY AUTHORIZED IN WRITING
BY LAARS HEATING SYSTEMS. CHANGE: ADDED ENCLOSURE FAN ONE TERMINAL BLOCK &
ONE JUMPER

Figure 18.
D

TO CONNECTOR "X22"
ON HARNESS
The OMNITHERM

BK/O CIRCUIT E23815


BLOWER BREAKER
208V 120V BK BK
7 4 3
1 2 PRIM SEC AMP
W
L1 GND CONTACTOR 3 4 2 1
L2
1 0 W

6 8 R
C

2 4

Wiring Diagram, 208V 3 Phase 2500


BK
W

GN G

C
B

ENCLOSURE
120V 120V 120V GND FAN
L1 L2 L3 H N N
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
A

BK/O
B
L1
L2
L3
GND

WIRE COLOR LEGEND


BLACK BK
BROWN BR
RED R
ORANGE O UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED: DO NOT SCALE DRAWING.
TOLERANCES ARE:
Page 45

THIRD ANGLE PROJECTION.


DECIMALS .X .1 FRACTIONS 1/8" DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES.
YELLOW Y DECIMALS .XX .03
DECIMALS .XXX .010
GREEN G TITLE:
ANGLES 1
MATERIAL: APPROVALS WIRE DIAGRAM, AC DIST. BOX,
BLUE BL DRAFT
NA
208V 3Ø, OMT 2.5
JM 2-22-18
VIOLET V ENGR
4 3 2 DWG NO. SH REV
E23824 1 A
HIS DOCUMENT AND THE INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN ARE REVISIONS
ROPRIETARY TO LAARS HEATING SYSTEMS AND SHALL NOT BE REV. ECN DRAFT CHECK ENGR APPR APPR
EPRODUCED, TRANSFERRED TO OTHER DOCUMENTS, USED OR
ISCLOSED TO OTHERS FOR MANUFACTURING OR ANY OTHER A 17-152N-03 RR 3/7/19 DG 3/7/19 SH 3/7/19
URPOSE EXCEPT AS SPECIFICALLY AUTHORIZED IN WRITING
Y LAARS HEATING SYSTEMS. CHANGE: ADDED ENCLOSURE FAN
Page 46

Figure 19.
D
BLOWER
BK/O

CONTACTOR
GND L1
N 1 0 W
TRANSFORMER 120V SECONDARY
G R BK INPUT
2 4 PRIM SEC JUMPER
BK VOLTAGE
480 H1 - H2 X1 - X3 TO CONNECTOR "X22"
X1 - X4
575/600 H1 - H3 X2 - X4 ON HARNESS
E23815
CIRCUIT
BREAKER
BK BK BK BK BK/O
12 7
AMP 4 3 C
AMP
1 2
220 120
3 4 2 1
R W
7.G Wiring Diagrams, High Voltage (continued)

TRANSFORMER 220V SECONDARY W G

Wiring Diagram, 480V or 600V 3 Phase 2500


INPUT
PRIM SEC JUMPER
VOLTAGE
480 H1 - H2
X1 - X4 X2 - X3
575/600 H1 - H3
C
B
LINE-IN WIRE COLORS
LINE VOLTAGE ENCLOSURE
DESIGNATION 480 575/600
L1 L2 L3 220V 220V 120V 120V GND GND FAN
L1 BR PK H N H N
L2 O V 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
L3 Y TN
GND G A

B
L1
L2
L3
GND

WIRE COLOR LEGEND


BLACK BK
BROWN BR
RED R
ORANGE O
YELLOW Y
GREEN G UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED: DO NOT SCALE DRAWING.
TOLERANCES ARE: THIRD ANGLE PROJECTION.
LAARS Heating Systems

BLUE BL DECIMALS .X .1 FRACTIONS 1/8" DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES.


DECIMALS .XX .03
VIOLET V DECIMALS .XXX .010
TITLE:
ANGLES 1
GRAY GY MATERIAL: APPROVALS WIRE DIAGRAM, AC DIST. BOX,
DRAFT
NA
480/575/600V 3Ø, OMT 2.5
WHITE W JM 2-26-18
ENGR
INTENDED SIZE: SOFTWARE DWG. NO: REV.
TAN TN FINISH PROJECT SH 2-26-18
C S E23824 A
4 3 2 DWG NO. SH REV
E23825 1 B
OCUMENT AND THE INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN ARE REVISIONS
RIETARY TO LAARS HEATING SYSTEMS AND SHALL NOT BE REV. ECN DRAFT CHECK ENGR APPR APPR
DUCED, TRANSFERRED TO OTHER DOCUMENTS, USED OR
OSED TO OTHERS FOR MANUFACTURING OR ANY OTHER B 17-152N-03 RR 3/7/19 DG 3/7/19 SH 3/7/19
OSE EXCEPT AS SPECIFICALLY AUTHORIZED IN WRITING
ARS HEATING SYSTEMS. CHANGE: ADDED ENCLOSURE FAN AND ONE NEW TERMINAL
BLOCK & JUMPER

Figure 20.
TRANSFORMER CONNECTIONS
INPUT PRIMARY SECONDARY TO CONNECTOR "X22"
VOLTAGE
ON HARNESS
208 H1 - H2 X1 - X4 E23815
The OMNITHERM

CIRCUIT 480 H1 - H4 X1 - X3
BLOWER BREAKER
BK BK
7 4 3
1 2 PRIM SEC AMP
G W
L3 BK/O 3 4 2 1
L1 L2 (SEE XFMR CONNECTIONS TABLE)

CONTACTOR
W C
A1 A2 W

2 1

4 3
BK/O
6 5
G

Wiring Diagram, 208V or 480V 3 Phase 3000


C
B

ENCLOSURE
120V 120V 120V GND FAN
L1 L2 L3 H N N
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
A B

LINE IN COLOR
L1
208V 480V
L1 BK BR L2
L2 R O
L3
L3 BL Y
GND G GND

WIRE COLOR LEGEND


BLACK BK
BROWN BR
RED R
ORANGE O UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED: DO NOT SCALE DRAWING.
TOLERANCES ARE: THIRD ANGLE PROJECTION.
DECIMALS .X .1 FRACTIONS 1/8" DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES.
YELLOW Y DECIMALS .XX .03
DECIMALS .XXX .010
GREEN G TITLE:
ANGLES 1
MATERIAL: APPROVALS WIRE DIAGRAM, AC DIST. BOX,
BLUE BL DRAFT
Page 47

NA
208/480V 3Ø, OMT 3.0
JM 2-6-18
VIOLET V ENGR
INTENDED SIZE: SOFTWARE DWG. NO: REV.
GRAY GY FINISH SH 2-6-18
APPR
C S E23825 B
NA
WHITE W SCALE: NONE SHEET 1 OF 1
A56A
E INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN ARE REVISIONS
HEATING SYSTEMS AND SHALL NOT BE REV. ECN DRAFT CHECK ENGR APPR APPR
RED TO OTHER DOCUMENTS, USED OR
OR MANUFACTURING OR ANY OTHER B 20-149N JAB 9/28/20 EC 9/28/20 SH 9/28/20
CIFICALLY AUTHORIZED IN WRITING
MS. CHANGE: NEW 600V TO 480 TRANSORMER DETAILS

Page 48

D
TO CONNECTOR "X22"
CIRCUIT ON HARNESS

Figure 21.
BREAKER E23815

PK PK BK BK BK/O
7 4 3
1 2 AMP
V 120
BLOWER V W
2 1
3 4

BK/O W G
GND
L1 L2 L3 CONTACTOR
ENCLOSURE
A1 A2 W FAN
G 2 1 BR
C
4 3 O

6 5 Y

Wiring Diagram, 600V 3 Phase 3000


7.G Wiring Diagrams, High Voltage (continued)

Y TN

SEE SHEET
O 2 FOR V
TRANSFORMER
BR REFERENCE PK

C
B

B
GND

480 L1
GND

480 L3

480 L2
120V H
120V N

575/600 L1
575/600 L2
575/600 L3
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
CIRCUIT A
BREAKER
1 2 BR

3 4 O

5 6 Y
OR LEGEND
BK PK
L1
BR V
L2
R TN
L3
O G
GND
Y
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED: DO NOT SCALE DRAWING.
G
LAARS Heating Systems

TOLERANCES ARE: THIRD ANGLE PROJECTION.


DECIMALS .X .1 FRACTIONS 1/8"
BL DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES.
DECIMALS .XX .03
DECIMALS .XXX .010
TITLE:
PK ANGLES 1
MATERIAL: APPROVALS
WIRE DIAGRAM, AC DIST.
V DRAFT BOX, 600V 3Ø, OMT 3.0
JM 3-6-18
GY ENGR
The OMNITHERM Page 49

7.H Ladder Diagrams


3 2
CONTAINED HEREIN ARE 120VAC (1PH/60Hz)
CO.AND SHALL NOT BE
GND L1 N
OCUMENTS, USED OR
NG OR ANY OTHER R1
TB1-17
RIZED IN WRITING M1 BLOWER MOTOR
TB1-18
TB1-19
TB1-20
TB1-21
TB1-22
TB1-23
TB1-24
TB1-25
TB1-26
OFF ON
TB1-27
POWER SWITCH TB1-28
TB1-29
A POWER INDICATOR TB1-30
TB1-31
LOW VOLTAGE PANEL TB1-32
ENCLOSURE FAN
TB1-33
R1 BLOWER CONTACTOR TB1-34
TB1-35
BOILER/HEATER
120L CONTROLLER 120N TB 120VAC TB1-36
TB1-37
GAS VALVE TB1-38
TB1-39
CB TB1-40
24VAC TRANSFORMER
TB1-41
TB1-42

LWCO TB1-43
24V 24N TB 24VAC
TB1-44
BOILER/HEATER TB1-45
CONTROLLER
TB1-46
TB1-47
TB1-48
TB1-49
TB1-50
TB1-51
TB1-52
TB1-53
TB1-35 TT-1 TB1-37 TT-2 TB1-39 DHW HEAT DEMANDS
(24VDC) TB1-54
TB1-36 TT-1 TB1-38 TT-2 TB1-40 DHW
TB1-55
BOILER PUMP TB1-56
X14-8 TB1-18 P1 X14-1 TB1-17 (NOT INCLUDED) TB1-57
SYSTEM PUMP TB1-58
TB1-21 X14-4 X14-11 TB1-22
DRY CONTACT TB1-59
DHW PUMP TB1-60
TB1-19 X14-3 X14-10 TB1-20
DRY CONTACT
TB1-61
MRHL TB1-62
FLOW LWCO (OPTIONAL)
X4-1 X4-11 X4-2 X4-12 X4-3 X4-13

X1-1

GAS VALVE
RELAY INTERLOCK HIGH GAS PRESSURE LOW GAS PRESSURE
X1-14
X4-4 X4-14 X4-5 X4-15 X4-6 X4-16
X1-2
SAFETY CHAIN
(24VDC)
FACTORY X1-1
ARHL CONDENSATE INSTALLED
(OPTIONAL) (OPTIONAL) SPARE
X4-7 X4-17 X4-8 X4-18 X4-9 X4-19
X1-15

MAIN VALVE X1-3

SPARK X9-3 TB1-7


X12-3 GENERATOR X12-4 X1-13

X1-1

SPARK X15-4 FLAME


IGNITOR ROD

UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED: DO NO


TOLERANCES ARE: THIRD A
DECIMALS .X .1 FRACTIONS 1/8"
DIMENS
DECIMALS .XX .03
Figure 22. Ladder Diagram 120V 1 Phase 1250 - 2000 DECIMALS .XXX .010
ANGLES 1
MATERIAL:
Page 50 LAARS Heating Systems

7. H Ladder Diagrams (continued)


3 2
HEREIN ARE 208/220/240VAC (1PH/60Hz)
ALL NOT BE
L1 L2
USED OR
Y OTHER R1
TB1-17 Boiler (N
TING
M1 TB1-18 Pump (L
R1 BLOWER MOTOR
TB1-19 DHW
TB1-20 Pump
TB1-21 System
CB CB TB1-22 Pump
TB1-23 Spare 1

120VAC TRANSFORMER TB1-24 Spare 1


TB1-25 Spare 2
TB1-26 Spare 2
TB1-27 ALARM
TB1-28 BELL
OFF ON
TB1-29 System
POWER SWITCH TB1-30 Supply
TB1-31 System
A POWER INDICATOR TB1-32 Return
TB1-33 DHW
HIGH VOLTAGE PANEL TB1-34 DHW
ENCLOSURE FAN
TB1-35 Outdoor
LOW VOLTAGE PANEL TB1-36 Outdoor
ENCLOSURE FAN
TB1-37 TT-1
R1 BLOWER CONTACTOR TB1-38 TT-1
TB1-39 TT-2
BOILER/HEATER
120L CONTROLLER 120N TB 120VAC TB1-40 TT-2
TB1-41 DHW
GAS VALVE TB1-42 DHW
TB1-43 Spare 1
CB TB1-44 Spare 1
24VAC TRANSFORMER
TB1-45 Spare 2
TB1-46 Spare 2
TB1-47 BMS (-)
24V LWCO 24N TB 24VAC
TB1-48 0-10V (+
BOILER/HEATER TB1-49 Pump(-)
CONTROLLER
TB1-50 0-10V(+
TB1-51 Common
TB1-52 N.C.
TB1-53 N.O.
TB1-35 TT-1 TB1-37 TT-2 TB1-39 DHW HEAT DEMANDS
(24VDC) TB1-54 Common
TB1-36 TT-1 TB1-38 TT-2 TB1-40 DHW
TB1-55 N.C.
BOILER PUMP TB1-56 N.O.
X14-8 TB1-18 P1 X14-1 TB1-17 (NOT INCLUDED) TB1-57 B
SYSTEM PUMP TB1-58 A
TB1-21 X14-4 X14-11 TB1-22
DRY CONTACT TB1-59 GND
DHW PUMP TB1-60 B
TB1-19 X14-3 X14-10 TB1-20
DRY CONTACT
TB1-61 A
MRHL TB1-62 GND
FLOW LWCO (OPTIONAL)
X4-1 X4-11 X4-2 X4-12 X4-3 X4-13

Du
X1-1
GAS VALVE
RELAY INTERLOCK HIGH GAS PRESSURE LOW GAS PRESSURE
10k
X4-4 X4-14 X4-5 X4-15 X4-6 X4-16 X1-14
20k
SAFETY CHAIN X1-2
(24VDC)
Du
ARHL CONDENSATE FACTORY X1-1
(OPTIONAL) (OPTIONAL) SPARE INSTALLED
X4-7 X4-17 X4-8 X4-18 X4-9 X4-19
10k
X1-15
MAIN VALVE 20k
X1-3
SPARK X9-3 TB1-7
X12-3 GENERATOR X12-4
X1-13

X1-1
SPARK X15-4 FLAME
IGNITOR ROD

UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED: DO NOT SCA


TOLERANCES ARE: THIRD ANGLE
DECIMALS .X .1 FRACTIONS 1/8"
DIMENSIONS
DECIMALS .XX .03
Figure 23. Ladder Diagram 220V 1 Phase 1500 to 2500
DECIMALS .XXX .010
ANGLES 1
MATERIAL:
The OMNITHERM Page 51

3 2
EIN ARE 208VAC (3PH/60Hz)
NOT BE L1 L2 L3 REV. ECN
D OR
THER R1
TB1-17 Boiler (N) POWER A 17-152
G TB1-18 Pump (L) OUTPUTS
R1
M1 BLOWER MOTOR
TB1-19 DHW
CHANGE: UP
TB1-20 Pump
TB1-21 System
CB CB TB1-22 Pump
TB1-23 Spare 1 DRY
TB1-24 Spare 1 CONTACTS
120VAC TRANSFORMER (OUTPUTS)
TB1-25 Spare 2
TB1-26 Spare 2
TB1-27 ALARM
TB1-28 BELL
OFF ON TB1-29 System

POWER SWITCH TB1-30 Supply


TB1-31 System

A POWER INDICATOR TB1-32 Return SENSOR


TB1-33 DHW INPUTS
HIGH VOLTAGE PANEL TB1-34 DHW
ENCLOSURE FAN
TB1-35 Outdoor
LOW VOLTAGE PANEL TB1-36 Outdoor
ENCLOSURE FAN
TB1-37 CH1/DHW1
TB1-38 CH1/DHW1
R1 BLOWER CONTACTOR
TB1-39 CH2/DHW2
HEAT
BOILER/HEATER TB1-40 CH2/DHW2 DEMANDS
120L CONTROLLER 120N TB 120VAC
TB1-41 DHW/DHW3
GAS VALVE TB1-42 DHW/DHW3
TB1-43 Spare 1

CB TB1-44 Spare 1 SPARE


24VAC TRANSFORMER TB1-45 Spare 2 INPUTS

TB1-46 Spare 2
TB1-47 BMS (-) ANALOG
24V LWCO 24N TB 24VAC TB1-48 0-10V (+) INPUT

BOILER/HEATER TB1-49 Pump(-) ANALOG


CONTROLLER TB1-50 0-10V(+) OUTPUT

TB1-51 Common
RUN RELAY
TB1-52 N.C. DRY CONTACTS
TB1-53 N.O.
TB1-35 TT-1 TB1-37 TT-2 TB1-39 DHW HEAT DEMANDS TB1-54 Common
TB1-36 TT-1 TB1-38 TT-2 TB1-40 DHW (24VDC) ALARM RELAY
TB1-55 N.C. DRY CONTACTS
BOILER PUMP TB1-56 N.O.
X14-8 TB1-18 P1 X14-1 TB1-17 (NOT INCLUDED) TB1-57 B
RS485
SYSTEM PUMP TB1-58 A CASCADE
TB1-21 X14-4 X14-11 TB1-22
DRY CONTACT TB1-59 GND
DHW PUMP TB1-60 B
TB1-19 X14-3 X14-10 TB1-20 RS485
DRY CONTACT TB1-61 A BMS
TB1-62 GND
MRHL
FLOW LWCO (OPTIONAL)
X4-1 X4-11 X4-2 X4-12 X4-3 X4-13
Dual Element
X1-1
1 2
GAS VALVE 10k Outlet
RELAY INTERLOCK HIGH GAS PRESSURE LOW GAS PRESSURE X1-14 3 4 Sensor
X4-4 X4-14 X4-5 X4-15 X4-6 X4-16 20k
X1-2
SAFETY CHAIN Dual Element
(24VDC) FACTORY X1-1
ARHL CONDENSATE INSTALLED 1 2
(OPTIONAL) (OPTIONAL) SPARE Flue
X4-7 X4-17 X4-8 X4-18 X4-9 X4-19 10k 3 4 Sensor
X1-15
20k
X1-3
MAIN VALVE

SPARK X9-3 TB1-7 X1-13 2


X12-3 GENERATOR X12-4 Inlet
1 Sensor
X1-1

SPARK X15-4 FLAME


IGNITOR ROD

UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED: DO NOT SCALE DRAWING.


TOLERANCES ARE: THIRD ANGLE PROJECTION.
DECIMALS .X .1 FRACTIONS 1/8"
DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES.
DECIMALS .XX .03
DECIMALS .XXX .010
TITLE:
ANGLES 1
MATERIAL: APPROVALS L
DRAFT
N/A
EFERENCE Figure
SOLIDWORKS ELECTRICAL PROJECT 34, 2500 JM 7MAY18
24. Ladder Diagram 208V 3 Phase
E23843. ENGR
INTENDED
FINISH
N/A
PROJECT #

0060 APPR
SH 7MAY18
B
SCALE:
Page 52 LAARS Heating Systems

7. H Ladder Diagrams (continued)

3 2
EIN ARE
480/575/600VAC (3PH/60Hz)
NOT BE REV. E
L1 L2 L3
D OR
A
CB R1
HER 17-1
G M1 BLOWER MOTOR TB1-17 Boiler (N) POWER
220VAC (1PH/60Hz) TB1-18 Pump (L) OUTPUTS CHANGE:
TB1-19 DHW
TB1-20 Pump

CB TB1-21 System
CB
TB1-22 Pump
TB1-23 Spare 1 DRY
120VAC TRANSFORMER TB1-24 Spare 1 CONTACTS
TB1-25 Spare 2 (OUTPUTS)

TB1-26 Spare 2
TB1-27 ALARM

OFF ON TB1-28 BELL


TB1-29 System
POWER SWITCH TB1-30 Supply
TB1-31 System
A POWER INDICATOR TB1-32 Return SENSOR
TB1-33 DHW INPUTS
HIGH VOLTAGE PANEL
ENCLOSURE FAN TB1-34 DHW
TB1-35 Outdoor
LOW VOLTAGE PANEL
ENCLOSURE FAN TB1-36 Outdoor
TB1-37 CH1/DHW1
R1 BLOWER CONTACTOR TB1-38 CH1/DHW1
TB1-39 CH2/DHW2
BOILER/HEATER HEAT
120L CONTROLLER 120N TB 120VAC TB1-40 CH2/DHW2 DEMANDS
TB1-41 DHW/DHW3
GAS VALVE
TB1-42 DHW/DHW3
TB1-43 Spare 1
CB TB1-44 Spare 1 SPARE
24VAC TRANSFORMER
TB1-45 Spare 2 INPUTS

TB1-46 Spare 2
LWCO TB1-47 BMS (-) ANALOG
24V 24N TB 24VAC
TB1-48 0-10V (+) INPUT
BOILER/HEATER TB1-49 Pump(-) ANALOG
CONTROLLER
TB1-50 0-10V(+) OUTPUT

TB1-51 Common
RUN RELAY
TB1-52 N.C. DRY CONTACTS
TB1-35 TT-1 TB1-37 TT-2 TB1-39 DHW HEAT DEMANDS TB1-53 N.O.

TB1-36 TT-1 TB1-38 TT-2 TB1-40 DHW (24VDC) TB1-54 Common


ALARM RELAY
TB1-55 N.C. DRY CONTACTS
BOILER PUMP TB1-56 N.O.
X14-8 TB1-18 P1 X14-1 TB1-17 (NOT INCLUDED)
TB1-57 B
SYSTEM PUMP RS485
TB1-21 X14-4 X14-11 TB1-22 TB1-58 A CASCADE
DRY CONTACT
TB1-59 GND
DHW PUMP
TB1-19 X14-3 X14-10 TB1-20 TB1-60 B
DRY CONTACT RS485
TB1-61 A BMS
MRHL TB1-62 GND
FLOW LWCO (OPTIONAL)
X4-1 X4-11 X4-2 X4-12 X4-3 X4-13
Dual Element
X1-1
GAS VALVE 1 2
RELAY INTERLOCK HIGH GAS PRESSURE LOW GAS PRESSURE 10k Outlet
X1-14 3 4 Sensor
X4-4 X4-14 X4-5 X4-15 X4-6 X4-16
20k
SAFETY CHAIN X1-2
(24VDC) Dual Element
CONDENSATE FACTORY X1-1
ARHL
(OPTIONAL) (OPTIONAL) SPARE INSTALLED 1 2
X4-7 X4-17 X4-8 X4-18 X4-9 X4-19 10k Flue
X1-15 3 4 Sensor
20k
MAIN VALVE X1-3

SPARK X9-3 TB1-7


X12-3 GENERATOR X12-4 X1-13 2 Inlet
1 Sensor
X1-1
SPARK X15-4 FLAME
IGNITOR ROD

UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED: DO NOT SCALE DRAWING.


TOLERANCES ARE: THIRD ANGLE PROJECTION.
DECIMALS .X .1 FRACTIONS 1/8"
DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES.
DECIMALS .XX .03
DECIMALS .XXX .010
TITLE:
ANGLES 1
MATERIAL: APPROVALS
DRAFT
N/A
EFERENCE SOLIDWORKS ELECTRICAL PROJECT 34, DG 4/3/18
E23844. Figure 25. Ladder Diagram 480V or 600V 3 Phase 2500 ENGR
INTENDE
FINISH
N/A
PROJECT #

0060 APPR
SH 4/3/18
B
SCAL
The OMNITHERM Page 53

3 2
EIN ARE
208/480VAC (3PH/60Hz)
NOT BE REV. ECN
L1 L2 L3
D OR
A
R1
THER 17-152N
G TB1-17 Boiler (N) POWER
TB1-18 Pump (L) OUTPUTS CHANGE: UP
M1
BLOWER MOTOR
TB1-19 DHW
TB1-20 Pump
CB CB TB1-21 System
TB1-22 Pump
TB1-23 Spare 1 DRY
120VAC TRANSFORMER TB1-24 CONTACTS
Spare 1
TB1-25 Spare 2 (OUTPUTS)

TB1-26 Spare 2
TB1-27 ALARM
OFF ON TB1-28 BELL
TB1-29 System
POWER SWITCH
TB1-30 Supply
TB1-31 System
A POWER INDICATOR
TB1-32 Return SENSOR
TB1-33 DHW INPUTS
HIGH VOLTAGE PANEL
ENCLOSURE FAN TB1-34 DHW
TB1-35 Outdoor
LOW VOLTAGE PANEL
ENCLOSURE FAN TB1-36 Outdoor
TB1-37 TT-1
R1 BLOWER CONTACTOR TB1-38 TT-1
TB1-39 TT-2 HEAT
BOILER/HEATER
120L CONTROLLER 120N TB 120VAC TB1-40 TT-2 DEMANDS
TB1-41 DHW
GAS VALVE TB1-42 DHW
TB1-43 Spare 1
CB TB1-44 Spare 1 SPARE
24VAC TRANSFORMER INPUTS
TB1-45 Spare 2
TB1-46 Spare 2
TB1-47 BMS (-) ANALOG
24V LWCO 24N TB 24VAC
TB1-48 0-10V (+) INPUT

BOILER/HEATER TB1-49 Pump(-) ANALOG


CONTROLLER
TB1-50 0-10V(+) OUTPUT

TB1-51 Common
RUN RELAY
TB1-52 N.C. DRY CONTACTS
TB1-35 TT-1 TB1-37 TT-2 TB1-39 DHW HEAT DEMANDS TB1-53 N.O.

TB1-36 TT-1 TB1-38 TT-2 TB1-40 DHW (24VDC) TB1-54 Common


ALARM RELAY
TB1-55 N.C. DRY CONTACTS
BOILER PUMP TB1-56 N.O.
X14-8 TB1-18 P1 X14-1 TB1-17 (NOT INCLUDED)
TB1-57 B
SYSTEM PUMP RS485
TB1-21 X14-4 X14-11 TB1-22 TB1-58 A CASCADE
DRY CONTACT
TB1-59 GND
DHW PUMP
TB1-19 X14-3 X14-10 TB1-20 TB1-60 B
DRY CONTACT RS485
TB1-61 A BMS
MRHL TB1-62 GND
FLOW LWCO (OPTIONAL)
X4-1 X4-11 X4-2 X4-12 X4-3 X4-13

Dual Element
X1-1
GAS VALVE
RELAY INTERLOCK HIGH GAS PRESSURE LOW GAS PRESSURE 1 2
10k Outlet
X4-4 X4-14 X4-5 X4-15 X4-6 X4-16 X1-14 3 4 Sensor

SAFETY CHAIN 20k


(24VDC) X1-2

CONDENSATE Dual Element


ARHL FACTORY X1-1
(OPTIONAL) (OPTIONAL) SPARE
X4-7 X4-17 X4-8 X4-18 X4-9 X4-19 INSTALLED 1 2
10k Flue
X1-15 3 4 Sensor
MAIN VALVE 20k
X1-3
SPARK X9-3 TB1-7
X12-3 GENERATOR X12-4
X1-13 2 Inlet
1 Sensor
X1-1
SPARK X15-4 FLAME
IGNITOR ROD

UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED: DO NOT SCALE DRAWING.


TOLERANCES ARE: THIRD ANGLE PROJECTION.
DECIMALS .X .1 FRACTIONS 1/8"
DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES.
DECIMALS .XX .03
DECIMALS .XXX .010
TITLE:
ANGLES 1
MATERIAL: APPROVALS
DRAFT
N/A
EFERENCEFigure 26. Ladder
SOLIDWORKS Diagram 208V
ELECTRICAL or 480V
PROJECT 34,3 Phase 3000 DG 4/3/18
E23845. ENGR
INTENDED S
FINISH
N/A
PROJECT #

0060 APPR
SH 4/3/18
B

2
LAARS Heating Systems
3
Page 54

7. H Ladder Diagrams (continued)


REV.

575/600VAC (3PH/60Hz)
B
L1 L2 L3
CH
TRANSFORMER #1 TB1-17 Boiler (N) POWER
480VAC (3PH/60Hz) CB TB1-18 Pump (L) OUTPUTS
R1
TB1-19 DHW
TB1-20 Pump
M1 BLOWER MOTOR TB1-21 System
TB1-22 Pump
TB1-23 Spare 1 DRY
TB1-24 Spare 1 CONTACTS
TB1-25 Spare 2 (OUTPUTS)
TRANSFORMER #2 Spare 2
TB1-26
CB CB TB1-27 ALARM
TB1-28 BELL
TB1-29 System
120VAC TRANSFORMER
TB1-30 Supply
TB1-31 System
TB1-32 Return SENSOR
TB1-33 DHW INPUTS
OFF ON TB1-34 DHW

POWER SWITCH TB1-35 Outdoor


TB1-36 Outdoor

A POWER INDICATOR TB1-37 TT-1


TB1-38 TT-1
HIGH VOLTAGE PANEL TB1-39 TT-2 HEAT
ENCLOSURE FAN
M1 TB1-40 TT-2 DEMANDS
LOW VOLTAGE PANEL TB1-41 DHW
ENCLOSURE FAN
TB1-42 DHW
TB1-43 Spare 1
R1 BLOWER CONTACTOR
TB1-44 Spare 1 SPARE
BOILER/HEATER TB1-45 Spare 2 INPUTS
120L CONTROLLER 120N TB 120VAC
TB1-46 Spare 2
GAS VALVE TB1-47 BMS (-) ANALOG
TB1-48 0-10V (+) INPUT

CB TB1-49 Pump(-) ANALOG


24VAC TRANSFORMER TB1-50 0-10V(+) OUTPUT

TB1-51 Common
RUN RELAY
TB1-52 N.C. DRY CONTACTS
24V LWCO 24N TB 24VAC TB1-53 N.O.

BOILER/HEATER TB1-54 Common


CONTROLLER ALARM RELAY
TB1-55 N.C. DRY CONTACTS
TB1-56 N.O.
TB1-57 B
RS485
TB1-58 A CASCADE
TB1-35 TT-1 TB1-37 TT-2 TB1-39 DHW HEAT DEMANDS TB1-59 GND
TB1-36 TT-1 TB1-38 TT-2 TB1-40 DHW (24VDC)
TB1-60 B
RS485
BOILER PUMP TB1-61 A BMS
X14-8 TB1-18 P1 X14-1 TB1-17 (NOT INCLUDED) TB1-62 GND

SYSTEM PUMP
TB1-21 X14-4 X14-11 TB1-22
DRY CONTACT
Dual Element
DHW PUMP X1-1
TB1-19 X14-3 X14-10 TB1-20
DRY CONTACT 1 2
10k Outlet
MRHL X1-14 3 4 Sensor
FLOW LWCO (OPTIONAL) 20k
X4-1 X4-11 X4-2 X4-12 X4-3 X4-13 X1-2
Dual Element
FACTORY X1-1
GAS VALVE HIGH GAS PRESSURE LOW GAS PRESSURE INSTALLED 1 2
RELAY INTERLOCK (OPTIONAL) (OPTIONAL) 10k Flue
X1-15 3 4 Sensor
X4-4 X4-14 X4-5 X4-15 X4-6 X4-16
20k
SAFETY CHAIN X1-3
(24VDC)
ARHL CONDENSATE X1-13 2 Inlet
(OPTIONAL) (OPTIONAL) SPARE Sensor
X4-7 X4-17 X4-8 X4-18 X4-9 X4-19 X1-1 1

MAIN VALVE

SPARK X9-3 TB1-7


X12-3 GENERATOR X12-4

SPARK X15-4 FLAME


IGNITOR ROD

UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED: DO NOT SCALE DRAWING.


TOLERANCES ARE: THIRD ANGLE PROJECTION.
DECIMALS .X .1 FRACTIONS 1/8"
DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES.
DECIMALS .XX .03
DECIMALS .XXX .010
ANGLES 1
MATERIAL: APPROVALS
Figure 27. Ladder Diagram 600V 3 Phase 3000 DRAFT
N/A
CE SOLIDWORKS ELECTRICAL PROJECT 34, JM 7MAY18
ENGR
The OMNITHERM Page 55

This page intentionally left blank


A
D

B
PURPOSE
BOILER INTEGRATED CONTROLLER
PROPRIETARY

Flame Rod X15-4


7.I EXCEPT

Figure 28.
1 TB1 2
3
1 GND X15-8
Wiring

2 GND
4-PIN G
CONNECTOR "E" 3 GND
G G
4 4 GND X10-2
W W Controller
3 5 120N X10-3 Supply
W BK Voltage
BY LAARS HEATING SYSTEMS CO.

6 120N X10-1
MAIN POWER W
AS SPECIFICALLY

SWITCH 7 120N TB1-6:2 120N


4

BK BK/O Low Voltage Panel


1 8 120L
BK Enclosure Fan
9 120L
TB1-9:2 120L
2 BK/O 10 120L
11 24N
TRANSFORMER
12 24N
Y Y
13 24N X5-5

Wiring Diagram, All Sizes


BL Controller
14 24V

120VAC
24VAC
BL 24VAC
15 24V X5-10
16 24V
W
BOILER 17 N X14-1 Y
DiagramAUTHORIZED IN WRITING

Power BR/R X8-1 1


Outputs PUMP 18 L X14-8 BR
DISCLOSED TO OTHERS FOR MANUFACTURING OR ANY OTHER

V
REPRODUCED, TRANSFERRED TO OTHER DOCUMENTS, USED OR

DHW 19 X14-3 X8-2 2


BR/V R
THIS DOCUMENT AND THE INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN ARE

PUMP 20 X14-10 X8-3 3


Page 56 TO LAARS HEATING SYSTEMS CO.AND SHALL NOT BE

O BL
SYSTEM 21 X14-4 X8-4 4
BR/G Display
PUMP 22 X14-11 GY
GY X8-5 5
Dry SPARE 1 23 X14-5 O
Contacts BK X8-6 6
SPARE 1 24 X14-12
BR G
SPARE 2 25 X14-6 X8-7 7
BR/Y V
SPARE 2 26 X14-13 X8-9 8
BL/BK
ALARM 27 X14-7
BU/RD P

120VAC
BELL 28 X14-14 X5-1 2
BR R/BK

Low Voltage

High Voltage
SYSTEM 29 X1-4 X5-7 1
BR/Y Blower
SUPPLY 30 X1-16 W
W X5-6 3 PWM

Wire Voltage Legend


SYSTEM 31 X1-5 G/R
G X5-2 4
Sensor RETURN 32 X1-17
Inputs BL/W
33 X1-6
DHW BL
34 X1-18
R
35 X1-7

Red
Pink
Blue
OUTDOOR BR/R

Grey
Black

Violet
White
Green
Brown

Yellow
36 X1-19

Orange
BL
CH1/DHW1 37 X2-1

Y
V
R
G

W
BL

BL
BK

BR

GY
CH1/DHW1 38 X2-8
O

Wire Color Legend


CH2/DHW2 39 X2-3 Spark Rod
Heat O
Demands CH2/DHW2 40 X2-10
R
DHW/DHW3 41 X2-2
R
3

DHW/DHW3 42 X2-9
BR
SPARE 1 43 X2-6
BK
Spare SPARE 1 44 X2-13 12-PIN CONNECTOR "B"
Inputs SPARE 2 45 GY X2-7
V
SPARE 2 46 X2-14 BK
O/W 11
Analog BAS 47 - X3-1 X12-3 Spark Spark
Inputs O W/V Generator Ignitor
LAARS Heating Systems

0-10VDC 48 + X3-9 X12-4 12


W/R BR
Analog PUMP 49 - X3-5
Outputs BR SV2 Gas Valve
0-10VDC 50 + X3-13 W
R TB1-7:2 120N 7 N
51 C X13-1 Main
RUN RELAY O L1 Supply
CONTACTS 52 N.C. X13-2 Voltage
BR BK/W
Spare 12-PIN CONNECTOR "B"
Inputs SPARE 2 45 GY X2-7
V
SPARE 2 46 X2-14 BK
O/W 11
Analog BAS 47 - X3-1 X12-3 Spark Spark
Inputs O W/V Generator Ignitor
0-10VDC 48 + X3-9 X12-4 12
W/R BR
Analog PUMP 49 - X3-5
Outputs BR SV2 Gas Valve
0-10VDC 50 + X3-13 W
R TB1-7:2 120N 7 N
51 C X13-1 Main
RUN RELAY O L1 Supply
CONTACTS 52 N.C. X13-2 Voltage
BR BK/W
53 N.O. X13-3 TB1-10:2 120L 10 ILK In
BL BR
54 C X13-4 1 ILK Out
BK X9-11
ALARM RELAY 55 N.C. X13-5 GAS VALVE
CONTACTS V X9-1 RELAY INTERLOCK
BR

FINISH
56 N.O. X13-6 Control
BR/R X9-2 TB1-6:3 120N
57 B X6-1 BR Wiring

MATERIAL:
W/R X9-3 9 MV1
CASCADE 58 X6-2
RS485 A
Y/R MV2

ANGLES 1
59 GND X6-3 RS485 Modbus
BR/G
The OMNITHERM

60 X7-1 G
B G Ground
BMS W/G TB1-2:2 GND 2 G
61 A X7-2 + - C
RS485 Y/G

TOLERANCES ARE:

DECIMALS .XX .03


Y W
62 GND X7-3 LWCO 4 LWCO Probe
TB1-12:1 24N LWCO

DECIMALS .XXX .010


Supply BL
Voltage TB1-16:1 24L
8-PIN CONNECTOR "C"

W/G

UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED:


7 X1-9
R
FLUE-A (100K) 8 X1-21
TB1-16:3 24L

DECIMALS .X .1 FRACTIONS 1/8"


-t°
TB1-12:3 24N

W/G
FLUE-B (100K) 5 X1-20
-t° W/V R BK W Y BL
4 X1-8
V
INLET (10K) 1 X1-13
-t° 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
2

PROJECT #
W/BK
OUTLET-B 3 X1-2 COM1 COM2
20K -t° W/BK
(COM)
24VAC
24VAC

ENGR
OUTLET-A 6 X1-14

DRAFT
10K -t° W/G Gas Valve Display
2 X1-1

16-PIN CONNECTOR "A"


G
8 TB1-1:1 GND
GY/R
1 X4-1
FLOW

APPROVALS

SH 23MAR18
GY/BK

JM 23MAR18
9 X4-11

DO NOT SCALE DRAWING.


BK/O

THIRD ANGLE PROJECTION.


X4-2

DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES.


REV.

LWCO BR/Y
X4-12
BR/R
X4-3
MANUAL RESET

TITLE:
HIGH LIMIT BK/W
X4-13
GY/BK
ECN

GAS VALVE X4-4


RELAY INTERLOCK BK/O
X4-14

INTENDED SIZE:
GY/V
HIGH GAS 2 X4-5
PRESSURE 10 R
X4-15
R
LOW GAS 3 X4-6
PRESSURE 11 GY/R
X4-16
DRAFT

BR/Y
AUTO RESET X4-7
HIGH LIMIT BR/R
X4-17
BL/W
CONDENSATE 4 X4-8
LEVEL BL
12 X4-18

SOFTWARE DWG. NO:


W/R
SPARE X4-9
GY/BL
INTERLOCK
Page

X4-19
CHECK
57
B 17-152N-03 DG 3/7/19 RR 3/7/19
REVISIONS
1

SH

E237
EN

CHANGE: UPDATED TO ADD FAN TO CONTROL PA

WIRING DIAGRAM, CONT


Page 58 LAARS Heating Systems

SECTION 8 Control Operation


8.A The Home Screen

CSP: is the Calculated Set Point


and is the Current Demand. This
could be either the CH1 (Central Heat
One), CH2, or the DHW (Domestic
Hot Water), depending on the model
and the installation set up.

8.A.1 Home Screen Active Icons


Name Icon Description
Security Displays the current lock status icon. Touch the lock icon to lock or unlock the
Touchscreen Display. See Section 8.B on page 60

Quick Start Provides quick access to the most commonly used parameters for easy installation.
See Section 8.C on page 61

Configure Provices access to ALL of your configurations for a detailed setup of the unit. See
Section 8.D on page 65

Service Allows the service technician to access the basic diagnostic and troubleshooting
information. See Section 8.E on page 90

Messages Will show an 'Exclamation Point' when there is a message.


Clicking onto the Message icon will take you to the message itself.
The USB functionality will show the USB Icon at this location, if
being used. See Section 8.F on page 95

Active Will show icons that indicate the active parameters that are currently in
Demands demand. See Section 8.G on page 96

Navigation  left of every menu. The constant indicator of where you are as you
Top
Bar navigate into and out of the touchscreens.

The alarm bell icon indicates that the units alarm has been silenced.
LOCKOUTS and ERROR Codes are also show in the Navigation Bar when there is one of several
unit Lockouts, Errors or Shut-downs that have occured. See SECTION 12 on page 117

Date & To change date and time, simply touch the date or time and follow the
Time directions. Section 8.D.9 on page 84

Figure 29. Active Areas of the Home Screen


The OMNITHERM Page 59

8.A.2 Keypad Operations

NOTE: You can always tell exactly where you have navigated to
by looking at the icons in the Navigation Bar.

In this example you are in


Home / Configure / Central Heat / Central Heat One

Shows the current setting


of the Parameter.

These windows will reflect the


allowable ranges of the parameter

To delete the current setting before


entering in the new value.

“Up and Down” arrows are used to


increment the setting accordingly.

The “Enter” button is used to


accept the new value.
A Typical Numeric Keypad Entry Screen.

This is the indicator that will be shown


when the correct password has been
entered to allow the setting to change.
Remember to always save the new setting with the button.

The highlighted button (orange) shows


which one is selected. Some screens
may only allow you to set one or
the other, while some other screens
(example: pump selection) will allow
you to select any or all of the options.

The “Back” button jumps to the previous screen.

A Typical Selection Screen.


Page 60 LAARS Heating Systems

8.B Login to Lock / Unlock the Display Screen

Password Protection:
To change configuration or parameters, a password is required. The control system includes three levels of
password protection. Touch the 'Current Lock Status' icon at the top of the screen.

1- U SER password is lhs. This password is for ‘Safe’ access ‘Non-Critical’ adjustments and functions. Use
this password if you want to make adjustments without fear of altering the critical configuration of the system.
When unlocked in the User mode, the icon will change to

2- I NSTALLER password is 17. This password is for the trained Installer / Technician for configuration and
parameter changes made during the initial setup and commissioning. Be aware that in this level of password
protection, changes to the configuration setup may result in lock-outs or conflicts with your system setup,
resulting in technical issues.
When unlocked in the Installer mode, the icon will change to

 EM: Configuration and parameter changes available only to the factory. When unlocked in the OEM mode,
3- O
the icon willchange to

To Logout Walk Away Result

Logout. If the Installer is done and wants to lock the display immediately, tap the Logout icon to exit Installer or
User Mode. Exiting the Installer or User Mode will lock the unit.

Walk-Away Result. The user can choose how long the control will remain unlocked after interaction with the
control has stopped. After this time (default is 5 minutes), the screen will lock itself. See
"8.E.4 Screen (Settings Timeout)" on page 93
The OMNITHERM Q U I C K S TA R T Page 61

8.C Quick Start


Quick Start will allow a user to configure the basic functionality of the control,
without going through all of the parameters that are available.

The 6 basic functionalites are

• Central Heat,
• Domestic Hot Water,
• Outdoor Reset,
• Warm Weather Shutdown,
• Anti-short Cycle
` and
• Time & Date

8.C.1 CH (Central Heat)


”CH” stands for “central heat.” It is used for space heating demands. On the Quick Start Screen, touch the CH
thermometer icon to navigate to the CH Selection Screen
There are two identical heat demands, CH1 and CH2, each with independent control algorithms and independent inputs
on the input terminal strip, see "8.D Configuration" on page 65
Touching CH1 navigates to the CH1 Quick Start Screen

NOTE: Grey Icons indicate


'Non-Applicable'
Page 62 Q U I C K S T A R T LAARS Heating Systems

1
8.C.1.a CH1 (Central Heat, One)

• Enable/Disable – This allows CH1 to be enabled/disabled. The default setting is Enabled.


• Set Point – This is the set point temperature.

2
8.C.1.b CH2 (Central Heat, Two)
To navigate to the CH2 Quick Start Screen, touch the CH2 Icon on the CH Quick
Start Selection Screen. The CH2 screen will have the same look and functionality
as the CH1 Screen.

8.C.2 DHW (Domestic Hot Water)


”DHW” stands for “domestic hot water.” To navigate to the DHW/DHW3 Quick Start Screen, touch the DHW icon on
the Quick Start Screen.
The DHW/DHW3 Quick Start Screen allows adjustment of the following parameters:
• Enable/Disable – This allows DHW/DHW3 to be enabled/disabled. The default setting is Enabled.
• Set Point – This is the hot water set point temperature.

NOTE: A DHW/DHW3
heat demand can be
initiated by an aquastat
or sensor , while
CH1-2(DHW1-2) are
activated by
aquastat only.
See Section SECTION
7 on page 34
The OMNITHERM Q U I C K S TA R T Page 63

8.C.3 Outdoor Reset

Outdoor reset adjusts a boiler’s setpoint based on outdoor air temperature. This is for boilers only, and is not used for
domestic water.
To navigate to the Outdoor Quick Start Screen, touch the Outdoor Icon on the Quick Start Screen.
The Outdoor Quick Start Screen allows the adjustment of the following parameters:
• Enable/Disable – Enables and disables the outdoor reset functionality.
• M
 aximum Outdoor Temperature – The outdoor temperature at which the unit will use the minimum water
temperature as the set point.
• M
 inimum Outdoor Temperature – The outdoor temperature at which the unit will use the maximum water
temperature as the set point.
• C
 H1 Minimum Water Temperature – The minimum boiler CH1 outlet temperature based on the Maximum Outdoor
Temperature.
• C
 H2 Minimum Water Temperature
– The minimum boiler CH2 outlet
temperature based on the Maximum
Outdoor Temperature.

Also see Outdoor Reset


Curve, Figure 31 on
page 69

8.C.4 Warm Weather Shut Down


Warm weather shut down allows the user to disable the heating system based on outside air temperature. It is
used for boilers only. To navigate to the Warm Weather Quick Start Screen, touch the Warm Weather Icon on the
Quick Start Screen.
The Warm Weather Quick Start Screen allows adjustment of the following parameters:
• T
 emp Min – If the unit is in warm weather shutdown mode, it will resume normal operation when the air temperature
drops to this value.
• T
 emp Max – The temperature at which the warm weather shutdown condition will occur.
• F
 eature Options – This allows the
shutdown to be enabled or disabled. When
enabled, and the outside air temperature
rises to the shut down (temp max) value,
this tells the controller whether to shut down
immediately or satisfy the current call for
heat before shutting down.
Page 64 Q U I C K S T A R T LAARS Heating Systems

8.C.5 Anti-Short Cycle


To navigate to the Anti-Short Cycle Quick Start Screen, touch the Anti-Short Cycle Icon on the Quick Start Screen.
The Anti-Short Cycle Quick Start Screen allows adjustment of the following parameter:
 ycle Time – The amount of time after a heat demand is satisfied that the unit will wait to satisfy the next active heat demand.
• C
NOTE: Anti-Short Cycle Time does not apply to DHW/DHW3 heat demands.

8.C.6 Time & Date


To navigate to the Time & Date Quick Start Screen, touch the Time & Date area on any screen.

NOTE: The Time is set in a 24 hour parameter, but displays only as a 12 hour clock
with the AM / PM automatically added.

The Time & Date Quick Start Screen allows adjustment of the following parameters:
• Hour
• Minute
• Month
• Day
• Year
The OMNITHERM C O N F I G U R AT I O N Page 65

8.D Configuration
This area of the controller allows access to all parameters available, based on the access level that is unlocked.
To navigate to the Configuration Screen, touch the Configure Icon in the lower left portion of the Home Screen.

The Configuration Screen shows all configurable parameters.


Page 66 C O N F I G U R A T I O N LAARS Heating Systems

8.D.1 CH (Central Heat)

“CH” stands for “central heat.” It is used for space heating demands.
On the Configure Screen, touch the CH thermometer icon to navigate to the CH Selection Screen
There are two identical heat demands, CH1 and CH2, each with independent control algorithms and
independent inputs on the input terminal strip, see SECTION 7
From the CH Selection Screen, touching CH1 navigates to the CH1

8.D.1.a CH1 (Central Heat, One)


CH1 is one of the heat demands available. The CH1 Configuration Screen allows adjustment of the following parameters:
• Enable/Disable - This allows CH1 to be enabled or disabled. The default setting is Enabled.
• Set Point - This is the temperature set point for CH1.
• On Hysteresis - The temperature at which the hysteresis will turn on.
• Off Hysteresis - The temperature at which the hysteresis will turn off.
• P
 ID Low - controls the firing rate whenever the temperature is below the set point. Lower values in P and I will reduce
overshoot.
• P
 ID High - controls the firing rate between the set point and the off Hysteresis. Higher values in P and I will reduce
overshoot.
• M
 ax Power - limit the maximum power, or firing
rate, allowed by this specific heat demand. This
can be used to "de-rate" the boiler to reduce
short cycling.

Set Point

On the Set Point screen, use the keypad on


the right or the up/down arrows to enter the
desired temperature set point for CH1. Press
the “Enter” button to save the setting. Set
Point range is 40-210°F, and default is 180°F.
The OMNITHERM C O N F I G U R AT I O N Page 67

8.D.1.a.1 PID Low

Active below Setpoint.


Note that in most cases, PID parameters will not need to be changed. The PID Parameters Screen allows adjustment to
the following parameters:

• P
 roportional Gain – This value is the
corrective action that is proportional to the
error (set point – control temperature).

• Integral Time – This value is applied to the


sum of the error over a period of time.

• D
 erivative Time – This value is applied to
the rate of change of the error.

8.D.1.a.2 PID High

Active from Setpoint


to Off Hysteresis of demand.

• P
 roportional Gain – This value is the
corrective action that is proportional to the
error (set point – control temperature).

• Integral Time – This value is applied to the


sum of the error over a period of time.

• D
 erivative Time – This value is applied to
the rate of change of the error.

8.D.1.b CH2- (Central Heat, Two)


Additional heat demand CH2 is available and is set up in the same manner as CH1.
Page 68 LAARS Heating Systems

8.D.2 DHW (Domestic Hot Water)

To navigate to the DHW/DHW3 Screen, touch the DHW faucet icon on the Configure Screen.
DHW/DHW3 has all the same parameters as CH1/DHW1 and CH2/DHW2 with one exception. DHW/DHW3 has the
following additional parameter for adjustment:
• D
 HW Offset – Upon a DHW/DHW3 heat demand, the unit will control the outlet temperature to the DHW Set Point
plus the DHW Offset (set point + DHW Offset).
For example, with a DHW/DHW3 Set Point of
140°F and a DHW Offset of 40°F, the unit will
control the boiler/heater outlet temperature
to 180°F (140°F + 40°F) to satisfy the heat
demand.

NOTE: Only a DHW/DHW3


heat demand can be initiated
by an aquastat or sensor, see
Section SECTION 7
The OMNITHERM C O N F I G U R AT I O N Page 69

8.D.3 Outdoor Reset


Outdoor reset adjusts a boiler’s setpoint based on outdoor air temperature. This is for boilers only, and is not
used for domestic water. The Outdoor Parameters Screen allows the adjustment of the following parameters:
• Enable/Disable – Enables and disables the outdoor reset functionality.
• M
 aximum Outdoor Temperature – The outdoor temperature at which the unit will use the minimum water
temperature as the set point.
• M
 inimum Outdoor Temperature – The outdoor temperature at which the unit will use the maximum water
temperature as the set point.
• C
 H1 Minimum Water Temperature – The minimum CH1 boiler outlet temperature based on the Maximum
Outdoor Temperature.
• C
 H2 Minimum Water Temperature – The minimum CH2 boiler outlet temperature based on the Maximum
Outdoor Temperature.

When there is an active outdoor


reset condition, the set point
will be a calculated value (CSP)
based on the outdoor reset
settings. The example in Figure
30 and Figure 31, shows that the
Outdoor Air Temperature is 42°F.
Based on this, and without a call
for DHW, the set point (CSP)
is 160°F. As the outdoor air
temperature increases, the CSP
decreases.

Figure 30. S
 tatus Window,
Outdoor Reset Example

CH1 and CH2 use the set points on the Parameter


screen as the “Max Hot Water Temp” allowing two
distinct curves based on the demand in use.
Figure 31. Outdoor Reset Example
Page 70 LAARS Heating Systems

8.D.4 Cascade (All about Lead / Lag)


An installation with two or more units may be configured for cascade operation. Up to eight units can be
cascaded and controlled together.
To navigate to the Cascade Screen, touch the Cascade Icon on the Configuration Screen.
The Cascade Screen provides four navigation icons to configure the system for cascade operations. These
navigation icons are:
• C
 ascade – This icon navigates to the Cascade Parameters screen for hydronic boiler cascade operations. This
icon is available on hydronic boilers (MGH) only.
• R
 otation – This icon navigates to the cascade rotation screen.
• R
 edundancy – This icon navigates to the setup screen for cascade leader redundancy options.

NOTE: A system supply sensor


(supplied with each unit) must be
installed and connected to the
Lead boiler. The Lead boiler will
use this system supply sensor as
the temperature control sensor for
cascade operations.

About Cascading (Lead / Lag)


The Lead boiler uses the Base Load Value to determine when to fire the Lag units
and at what firing rate. The Base Load Value should be adjusted based on the
number of units installed, with a default value of 65%. Recommended base load
values based on the number of units installed is shown in the table below. The
Base Load Value is adjustable via the DU with installer login credentials. Boiler Qty Recommended
Base Load
Upon an active cascade heat demand, the Lead boiler will dictate which unit will 1 N/A
fire first based on the cascade rotation logic. As the firing rate of this unit reaches 2 65%
the Base Load Value, once the Min On Time timer expires, the next unit in the
3 50%
sequence will fire and both units will modulate up or down together at the same
firing rate in reaction to changes in heat demand. This pattern will continue until 4 40%
the firing rates of all cascaded units reach the base load value. Once all units are 5 40%
firing at the base load value, the firing rate can exceed the base load value, with 6 40%
all units maintaining the same firing rate. Refer to the Lead / Lag figures below for
additional clarification. 7 40%
8 40%
With boilers firing at the same firing rate, minimum firing rates need to be taken
Table 14. Recommended
into consideration. Units with varying turndown ratios can be cascaded together,
Base Load Values
therefore, the unit with the highest minimum firing rate dictates the minimum firing
rate of the total cascaded system. For example, if a 5:1 unit is cascaded with a
20:1 unit, and the 5:1 unit has reached the base load value, the 20:1 will be called
to run. The 20:1 will fire at the same firing rate as the 5:1, which is limited to 20%
The OMNITHERM C O N F I G U R AT I O N Page 71

Log In Settings
Parameter User Installer OEM Min Max Default Unit
Base Load X X 40 100 65 %
Drop Load X X 20 100 20 %
Min On Time X X 30 600 60 Seconds
Min Off Time X X 30 600 30 Seconds

Table 15. Parameter Settings

minimum (instead of the allowable minimum firing rate of 5%). In addition, if the Drop Load Value is higher than the minimum
firing rate of the unit, the unit will turn off at the Drop Load Value and not the minimum firing rate of the unit.

NOTE: The single exception to a unit turning off at the Drop Load Value in a cascade configuration is when there is only one
unit running, where the single unit acts as a standalone boiler.

Boilers
1 2
Low demand:  The first boiler in sequence ignites and gradually 
Low demand: The first boiler in sequence ignites and
increases firing rate to satify the heat demand.
gradually increases firing rate to satify the heat demand.
30%

Boilers Boilers
Increased demand:  Once the first boiler reaches the Base Load  1 2 1 2
Increased demand: Once the first boiler reaches the Base
Value  (65%) firing rate, the second boiler ignites.  After ignition, both 
Load Value (65%) firing rate, the second boiler ignites. After
units modulate to half of the cascade firing rate, then gradually 
ignition, both units modulate to half of the cascade firing rate,
thenincrease the firing rate together, up to the Base Load Value
gradually increase the firing rate together, up to the Base . 65%
Load Value. 32% 32%

Boilers Boilers
1 2 1 2
Approaching max demand:  Once both boilers reach 65%, both units 
Approaching max demand: Once both boilers reach
are allowed to increase firing rate (same at both boilers) up to 
65%,maximum firing rate.
both units are allowed to increase firing rate (same at 100% 100%

both boilers) up to maximum firing rate. 65% 65%

Boilers Boilers
1 2 1 2
Decreasing demand:  As the demand decreases, once the requested 
Decreasing demand: As the demand decreases,
firing rate reaches the Drop Load Value once
, the second boiler turns off.
the requested firing rate reaches the Drop Load Value, the
second boiler turns off.
20% 20% 20%

Boilers Boilers
1 2 1 2
Demand Satisfied:  When the heat demand is satisfied or the 
temperature is at the set point + off hysteresis, the final boiler will 
Demand Satisfied: When the heat demand is satisfied or
turn off.
the temperature is at the set point + off hysteresis, the final
boiler will turn off. 20%

Lead/Lag ‐ 2 Boilers
Figure 32. Lead / Lag, 2 Boilers
Page 72 LAARS Heating Systems

As the load increases: As the load decreases:


• Until all units are firing, no unit is requested to exceed • As long as all units are firing – the base load value can
the base load value. be exceeded, as long as all units maintain the same
• Additional units are added once the Base Load Value firing rate.
has been reached and the Min On Time timer has • As the firing rate decreases below the Drop Load
expired. Value, the last unit to ignite turns off first (last on/first
• As long as all boilers are firing, the base load value can off), following this pattern until the heat demand is
be exceeded, as long as all units maintain the same satisfied and all units are off.
firing rate.
Units in Lead / Lag mode maintain local boiler limiting
features (firing rate limiting based on outlet or flue
temperature) when in Lead / Lag mode operations.

1 2 3
Low demand: The first boiler in sequence ignites and
The first
Low demand:gradually boiler in sequence ignites and
increases firing rate to satisfy the heat demand.
gradually increases firing rate to satify the heat demand.
30%

IncreasedOnce 1 2 3 1 2 3
Increased demand: demand: the Once
first boiler
the first reaches the the
boiler reaches BaseBase
Load Value (
Load Value (50%) firing rate, the second boiler ignites. After
50%) firing rate, the second boiler ignites. After
ignition, both units modulate to half of the cascade firing rate,
ignition, both units modulate to half of the cascade firing rate,
then gradually increase the firing rate together, up to the Base 50%
then graduallyLoad
increase
Value . the firing rate together, up to the 25% 25%
Base Load Value.

Increased demand: Once the first two boilers reach the Base
1 2 3 1 2 3
Increased demand:
Load Value Once
(50%)the first
firing two
rate, theboilers reach
third boiler theAfter
ignites.
Base Load Value (50%)
ignition, firing
the three rate,
units the third
modulate boiler
at 1/3 of the ignites.
cascade firing
After ignition, rate, then gradually
the three increase firing
units modulate rate of
at 1/3 together, up to the Base
the cascade 50% 50%
Load Value.
firing rate, then gradually increase firing rate together, up to 33% 33% 33%
the Base Load Value.
1 2 3 1 2 3

ApproachingApproaching
max demand: max demand: Once all three boilers reach the
Once all three boilers reach
Base Load Value (50%), all units are allowed to increase firing 100% 100% 100%
the Base Loadrate
Value (50%), all units
up toare allowed torate.
increase
(same at all boilers) maximum firing 50% 50% 50%
firing rate (same at all boilers) up to maximum firing rate.

1 2 3 1 2 3
Decreasing demand:
DecreasingAs the demand
demand: decreases,
As the demand once
decreases, thethe
once
firing rate reaches the Drop Load Value
requested firing rate reaches the Drop Load Value, the thirdthird
requested , the
boiler turns off.
boiler turns off.
20% 20% 20% 20% 20%

1 2 3 1 2 3
Continued Decreasing demand:demand:
Continued decreasing As the Asdemand
the demand decreases,
decreases, once
oncethe
the requested firing
requested firing raterate reaches
reaches the
the Drop Drop
Load Value ,
Load Value, the
the second boiler
second boiler turns
turns off. off.
20% 20% 20%

1 2 3 1 2 3
Demand Satisfied: When the heat demand is satisfied or
Demand Satisfied: When the heat demand is satisfied or the
the temperature reaches set point
temperature reaches + off+ hysteresis,
set point off hysteresis,the finalboiler
the final
boiler will turnwill
off.turn off.
20%

Figure 33. Lead / Lag, 3 Boilers Lead/Lag ‐ 3 Boilers


The OMNITHERM C O N F I G U R AT I O N Page 73

About Cascading (Lead / Lag) -continued

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Low demand: The first boiler in
sequence ignites and gradually
increases firing rate to satify the heat
demand. 30%

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Increased demand: Once the first
boiler reaches the Base Load Value
(40%) firing rate, the second boiler
40%
ignites. After ignition, both units
modulate to half of the cascade firing
rate, then gradually increase the firing 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
rate together, up to the Base Load
Value .
20% 20%

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Increased demand: Once the first
two boilers reach the Base Load
Value (40%), the third boiler ignites.
After ignition, all three units modulate 40% 40%
to 1/3 of the cascade firing rate, then
gradually increase firing rate together, 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
up to the Base Load Value . This
pattern continues as demand
increases.
27% 27% 27%

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Approaching max demand: Once all


eight boilers reach the Base Load 40% 40% 40% 40% 40% 40% 40% 40%
Value , all units are allowed to
increase firing rate (same at all boilers) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
up to maximum firing rate.

100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%

Figure 34. Lead / Lag, Demand Increase, 4 to 8 Boilers


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Decreasing demand: As the demand


20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20%
decreases, once the requested firing
rate reaches the Drop Load Value ,
the eighth boiler turns off. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

23% 23% 23% 23% 23% 23% 23%


Value , all units are allowed to
increase firing rate (same at all boilers) 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
up to maximum firing rate.
Page 74 C O N F I G U R A T I O N LAARS Heating Systems
100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Decreasing demand: As the demand


20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20%
decreases, once the requested firing
rate reaches the Drop Load Value ,
the eighth boiler turns off. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

23% 23% 23% 23% 23% 23% 23%

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20% 20%


Continued decreasing demand: As
the demand decreases, once the 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
requested firing rate reaches the Drop
Load Value , the seventh boiler turns
off. This pattern continues as demand
continues to decrease until there is a 23% 23% 23% 23% 23% 23%
single boiler firing.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

39%

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Demand Satisfied: When the heat 20%


demand is satisfied or the temperature
reaches the set point + off hysteresis, 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
the final boiler will turn off.

Lead/Lag ‐ 4 up to 8 boilers
Figure 35. Lead / Lag, Demand Decrease, 4 to 8 Boilers
The OMNITHERM C O N F I G U R AT I O N Page 75

8.D.4.a Cascade Parameters


To navigate to the Cascade Parameters Screen, touch the Cascade Icon on the Configuration Screen, then touch the
Cascade Parameters Icon.
The Cascade Parameters Screen allows adjustment of the following parameters:
• A
 ddress – When manually addressing each boiler/heater for cascade operations, this parameter is used to set the
local boiler/heater address. Each boiler/heater must have a unique address. A boiler/heater with a value of 1 is the
lead boiler/heater. Lag boilers/heaters use values 2 through 8. When automatically addressing each boiler/heater, set
the lead boiler/heater to a value of 1. With a value of 1, the Cascade Auto-Config button is available to use, refer to
this parameter below for instructions for automatic addressing the lag boilers/heaters.
 ynamic Address – This reflects the address of the local boiler/heater after it has been manually or automatically
• D
addressed. After a boiler/heater has been manually/automatically addressed, setting this parameter to 0 will remove
the boiler/heater from cascade operations.
• B
 ase / Drop Load – This button will get you to the Base / Drop Load screen which allows you to manually enter
the base firing percentage of the next cascading boiler as well as the firing point at which this boiler will drop the
remaining load to the next cascaded boiler.
• L
 ost Lead Backup Setpoint – When configured for Cascade Redundancy - Boiler Internal Set Point, this parameter
is the maximum outlet temperature the local boiler/heater is allowed to supply the system.
• L
 ag On Hysteresis - The value below the Max Lag Temp (Max Lag Temp – Lag On Hysteresis) that the boiler/heater
will turn on to satisfy an active cascade demand based on the local boiler/heater outlet water temperature. Max Lag
Temp is set at the Lead boiler/heater.
• L
 ag Off Hysteresis - The value above the Max Lag Temp (Max Lag Temp + Lag Off Hysteresis) that the boiler/
heater will turn off when satisfying an active cascade heat demand based on the local boiler/heater outlet water
temperature. Max Lag Temp is set at the Lead boiler/heater.
• C
 ascade Auto-Config – Once configured
as the lead boiler / heater, you can initiate
automatic addressing by pressing the 'Start'
option. This is only adjustable at the lead
boiler/heater. Once configured as the lead
boiler/heater, pressing this button will initiate
the lead boiler/heater to find and address all
lag boilers automatically.
 ascade Release Demand - When
• C
communications with the master is lost and
the lag units continue to satisfy the cascade
heat demand, pressing this button will remove
the heat demand.
NOTE: This only applies when configured for
cascade - Boiler Internal Set Point Control.
See Section 8.D.4.c on page 77
• M
 ax Lag Temp – The maximum outlet
temperature a lag unit is allowed to supply the
system.
• B
 ackup Mode Max Lag Power – The maximum
firing rate cascaded boilers will run at if the
system sensor is lost on the master.

NOTE: All boilers/heaters must be


wired for cascade operations prior to
performing Cascade Auto-Config.
Page 76 CONFIG
U R AT I O N LAARS Heating Systems

8.D.4.a.1 Base / Drop Load

Base Load – Is the firing rate that must be achieved prior to adding another unit to satisfy the heat demand.
Drop Load – A
 s the demand for heat decreases, this is the firing rate that units turn off. The last unit to fire is
the first to get turned off.
Min On Time – As the demand for heat increases, this is the delay time prior to firing additional units.
Min Off Time – As the demand for heat decreases, this is the delay time prior to turning off additional units.

8.D.4.b Rotation
To navigate to the Cascade Rotation Screen, touch the Cascade Icon on the Configure Screen, then touch the
Rotation Icon on the Cascade Configuration Screen.
The Cascade Rotation Screen is a view only screen. This screen indicates how many units are connected in
a cascade configuration, the order in which each unit will run, and the percent at which each unit is running.

The red circle with the exclamation mark means The blue circle means that that boiler has a soft
that that boiler is locked out and will need to be or auto-reset condition and the lead boiler has
manually reset to return to operations. placed it later in the queue to attempt to re-fire.

The Rotation Setup button is found only on the boiler that is assigned as ‘Lead’.
The OMNITHERM C O N F I G U R AT I O N Page 77

8.D.4.b.1 Rotation Setup


There are two options for cascade Rotation Setup, Rotation ‘Mode’:
1. Run Time
2. Recurrence

In the Run Time Mode, you can adjust only the For Recurrence Mode, there are two parameters:
Rotation Run Time Hours. This chooses which 1.  Time of Day. You can adjust the hour and minute
unit will fire first based on run time hours. of the day for rotation.
2.  Every X Days. You can select how many days you
want to wait until rotation, and then it will rotate at
the hour and minute of the day previously selected.

8.D.4.c Redundancy
To navigate to the Cascade Redundancy Screen, touch the Cascade Icon on the Configuration Screen, then touch the
Redundancy Icon on the Cascade Configuration Screen.
The Cascade Redundancy Screen allows the selection of one of three options for redundancy in cascade systems.
These options are:
• Boiler
 Internal Set Point – In a cascade configuration, upon loss of communication with the lead unit, the lag units
will continue to operate in the same manner as when the communication stopped. For example, if a lag unit was
firing to satisfy a cascade heat demand, it will continue to satisfy the heat demand upon loss of communication with
the Leader.
• R
 edundant Lead – In a cascade
configuration, upon loss of
communication with the lead unit,
a second unit will assume lead
responsibilities. This requires the 2nd
lead to have a manual address of 2 and
a 2nd system sensor installed at that
unit.
• D
 isable Redundancy – In a
cascade configuration, upon loss of
communication with the lead unit, lag
units will no longer satisfy the cascade
heat demand.

Note: The redundant lead unit should have a system sensor and be connected to the system pump (if / where applicable).
If the lead boiler maintains communication with the lag units, but loses connectivity with the system sensor, the
cascaded units will run at the calculated set point (CSP) provided by the lead unit, but will control to their individual
outlet sensor. In this mode, the firing rate can be limited using the Backup Mode Max Lag Power parameter.
Page 78 C O N F I G U R A T I O N LAARS Heating Systems

8.D.5 Pumps
The Pump Configuration Screen allows adjustment of the following 7 parameters:
• Boiler Pump Control – This parameter provides the ability to set the boiler pump functionality to be:
Auto – the pump will turn on automatically upon a call for heat.
AlwaysOn – the pump will run continuously.
Off During DHW – the pump will not turn on during a DHW heat demand.
Auto/Off When Temp. Lim. Reach - When the system temperature limit is reached, the pump will turn off.

• B
 oiler Pump Post Circulation – This parameter is the amount of time the boiler/heater pump will continue to run after a
heat demand has been satisfied or after a lock-out condition has occurred.

• D
 HW Pump Control – This parameter provides the ability to set the DHW pump functionality to be:
Auto – the pump will turn on automatically upon a call for heat.
AlwaysOn – the pump will run continuously.
Disable– the pump will not turn on upon a DHW heat demand.

• D
 HW Pump Post Circulation – This parameter is the amount of time the DHW pump will continue to run after a heat
demand has been satisfied or after a lock-out condition has occurred.

• System Pump Control – This parameter provides the ability to set the system pump functionality to be:

Auto – the pump will turn on automatically upon a call for heat.
Always On – the pump will run continuously, with or without a heat demand.
Off During DHW – the pump will not turn on during a DHW heat demand.
Disable– the pump will not turn on during a call for heat.

• S
 ystem Pump Post Circulation – This parameter is the amount of time the System pump will continue to run after a heat
demand has been satisfied or after a lock-out condition has occurred.

• Vari-Prime - Select Vari-Prime to get to the controls of the variable speed pump.
The OMNITHERM C O N F I G U R AT I O N Page 79

8.D.5.a Vari-Prime
The Vari-Prime Screen allows the adjustment of the following parameters:
• O
 n Delay – Upon a call for heat, once the unit ignites, this is the amount of time the unit will wait prior to modulating
the pump speed.
• P
 roportional Gain – This value is the corrective action that is proportional to the error (Set Point – Control
Temperature).
• Integral Time – This value is applied to the sum of the error over a period of time.
• Derivative Time – This value is applied to the rate of change of the error.
• Minimum Speed – This is the minimum speed to which the Vari-Prime will control the pump.
Changes to min/max speed require cycling power to accept the changes, similar to changing
communication protocols, see Section 8.D.10.d on page 87.
• Maximum Speed – The is the maximum speed to which the Vari-Prime will control the pump.
• O
 ff Delay – Once the heat demand is satisfied, Vari-Prime will control to the maximum pump speed until the Off Delay
time expires.
• Delta T – Vari-Prime will control the pump to maintain this delta T (temperature rise) across the unit.

NOTE: Vari-Prime applies only to boilers.


Page 80 C O N F I G U R A T I O N LAARS Heating Systems

8.D.6 Manual Firing Rate


To navigate to the Manual Firing Rate Screen, touch the Manual Firing Rate Icon on the Configuration Screen.

The Manual Firing Rate Control Screen allows the adjustment of the following parameters:
 nable/Disable – Enables and disables the manual firing rate functionality.
• E
• F
 an Speed – With the manual firing rate functionality enabled, an operator can manually set the firing rate. This
functionality is used for combustion adjustment purposes. With the manual firing rate functionality enabled, and
the desired fan speed set, apply a call for heat at CH1/DHW1 and the boiler/heater will step through the ignition
process and run at the set fan speed.
 ime Out – is the setable amount of time that the operator has to adjust the Manual Firing Rate before the control
• T
will go back to automatic. It’s a walkaway timer and safety feature.

8.D.7 Temp Limits


To navigate to the Temp Limits Screen, touch the Temp Limits Icon on the Configuration Screen.
The Temp Limits Configuration Screen allows adjustment of the following parameters:
• A
 uto Reset CH– The temperature at which the unit will shut down when outlet temperature exceeds its maximum
auto reset set point. The control will automatically reset, based on the reset differential.
• M
 anual Reset CH – The temperature at which the unit will shut down when outlet temperature exceeds its maximum
manual reset set point. The control will require manual reset in this condition.
• R
 eset Differential – The value below the
Auto Reset temperature at which the unit
will automatically reset itself and resume
functionality.
• D
 elta T Parameters– The MIN and MAX
Temperature between which your system
will fire.
 lue Limitation – Sets the flue temp
• F
limitations.
• O
 utlet Limitation Parameters – Allows
for the adjustment of Min and Max Outlet
Temps.
The OMNITHERM C O N F I G U R AT I O N Page 81

8.D.7.a Delta T Parameters


To navigate to the Delta T Parameters Screen, touch the Temp Limits Icon on the Configuration Screen, then touch the Delta T
Parameters button on the Temperature Limits Parameters Screen.

The Delta T Parameters Screen allows adjustment of the following parameters:


• E
 nable/Disable – Enables/disables the Delta T temperature functionality.
• D
 elta T Temp Max – The Delta T temperature at which the boiler/heater will shut down
due to a high Delta T temperature condition.
• D
 elta T Temp Min – The temperature difference between the unit's inlet and outlet
at which the boiler/heater will begin to de-rate to prevent a Delta T shut down
condition.

8.D.7.b Flue Limitation Parameters


To navigate to the Flue Limitation Parameters Screen, touch the Temp Limits Icon on the Configuration Screen, then touch the
Flue Limitation button on the Temperature Limits Parameters Screen.

The Flue Limitation Parameters Screen allows adjustment of the following parameters:
 anual Reset Flue – The temperature at which the unit will shut down due to exceeding a flue temperature manual reset
• M
condition.
• F
 lue Temp MIN – The flue temperature at which the unit will begin to de-rate, in an attempt to prevent a manual reset high
flue temperature condition.
• F
 lue Temp Max – The flue temperature at which the unit will run at minimum firing
rate conditions.

8.D.7.c Outlet Limitation Parameters


To navigate to the Outlet Limitation Parameters Screen, touch the Temp Limits Icon on the Configuration Screen, then touch
the Outlet Limitation button on the Temperature Limits Parameters Screen.

The Outlet Limitation Parameters Screen allows adjustment of the following parameters:
• O
 utlet Temp Min – The outlet temperature at which the boiler/heater will begin to de-rate, in an attempt to prevent a
manual reset high temperature outlet shut down condition.
• O
 utlet Temp Max – The outlet temperature at which the boiler/heater will shut down on a manual reset high temperature
outlet condition.
Page 82 C O N F I G U R A T I O N LAARS Heating Systems

8.D.8 External
The External Configuration Screen applies to the 0-10VDC (4-20mA) analog input BMS signal, and allows adjustment
of the following parameters:

To navigate to the External Configuration Screen, touch the External Icon on the Configuration Screen.
 ontrol Mode – This parameter provides the ability to either disable external control or configure the unit for Boiler Set
• C
Point or Firing Rate control mode.
• M
 ax Set Point – When the Control Mode is set to Boiler Set Point, this is the maximum value that corresponds to
the Demand Max value.
• M
 in Set Point – When the Control Mode is set to Boiler Set Point, this is the minimum value that corresponds to the
Demand Min value.
• D
 emand Max – This is the maximum value that corresponds to the control mode selected. With Firing Rate control
mode selected, this is the maximum rate at which the boiler/heater will run. The unit of this parameter is %, so if the
value of this parameter is 10000, or 100.00%, this equates to 10.0VDC or 20mA.
• D
 emand Min – This is the minimum value that corresponds to the control mode selected. With Firing Rate control
mode selected, this is the minimum rate at which the boiler/heater will run. The unit of this parameter is %, so if the value
of this parameter is 2000, or 20.00%, this equates to 2.0VDC or 4.8mA.
• D
 emand On – This is the threshold (VDC/mA) at which the input signal will initiate the selected control mode behavior. The
unit of this parameter is %, so if the value of this parameter is 1500, or 15.00%, this equates to 1.5VDC or 4.6mA.
• D
 emand Off – This is the threshold (VDC/mA) at which the input signal will deactivate the selected control mode behavior.
The unit of this parameter is %, so if the value of this parameter is 1000, or 10.00%, this equates to 1.0VDC or 4.4mA.
• Input Type – This parameter allows the user to select between voltage (0-10VDC) or current (4-20mA) input. Jumpers will
need to be configured accordingly.
The OMNITHERM C O N F I G U R AT I O N Page 83

8.D.8.a External – Remote Set Point.

External (0 – 10VDC or 4 – 20mA)


• A
 n External heat demand can be
initiated by a Building Management
System (BMS) using a 0-10VDC or
4-20mA signal. This input can be
configured for Remote Set Point or
Remote Firing Rate operations.
• W
 ith Remote Set Point selected, the
unit will initiate a heat demand once
the analog input signal exceeds
the Demand On value. Once the
demand is initiated, the analog input
signal must be lower than Demand
Off to remove the heat demand.
With an active demand, the unit will
locate the set point according to the
analog input signal.
• U
 sing the default values for Boiler
Max Set Point (180°F), Boiler
Min Set Point (140°F), Demand
Minimum (2.5VDC), Demand
Maximum (10.0VDC), the unit will
linearize the set point, as shown in
Figure 36. External Set Point Example
Figure 36.

8.D.8.b External Firing Rate


With External Firing Rate selected,
the unit will initiate a heat demand
once the analog input signal exceeds
the Demand On value. Once the
demand is initiated, the analog input
signal must be lower than Demand
Off to remove the heat demand. The
external analog signal will activate
stages as shown in Figure 37. In
this control mode, if the unit outlet
temperature exceeds the Auto Reset
High Limit setting, the boiler will
shut down and an “Auto Reset High
Limit” condition will appear on the
Messages screen. Once the outlet
temperature decreases below the
value of (Auto Reset High Limit –
Reset Differential), the boiler will turn
back on at the firing rate set by the
analog input signal.

Figure 37. External Firing Rate Example


Page 84 LAARS Heating Systems

8.D.9 Time & Date


To navigate to the Time & Date Screen, touch the Time and Date area of ANY Screen.

The Time & Date Quick Start Screen allows adjustment of the following parameters:
• Hour
• Minute
• Month
• Day
• Year

NOTE: The Time is set in a 24 hour parameter but displays only as a 12 hour clock with the AM / PM automatically added.

8.D.10 Miscellaneous Features

To navigate to the Miscellaneous Features Screen, touch the Miscellaneous Features Icon on the Configuration
Screen.
The Miscellaneous Features screen provides navigation for the following items:
• D
 emands Priorities – To set priorities for all configured CHW or DHW heating demands.
 nti-short Cycle – To navigate to the Anti-short Cycle Configuration Screen. The higher the number, the
• A
higher the priority it is assigned.
 arm Weather – To navigate to the Warm Weather Configuration Screen.
• W
• C
 OM Port – To navigate to the Communication Port (Modbus / BACnet MSTP) Configuration Screen.
• T
 emperature Conversion – To navigate to the Temperature Conversion Configuration Screen.
 nti-Frost – To navigate to the Anti-Frost Configuration Screen.
• A
The OMNITHERM C O N F I G U R AT I O N Page 85

8.D.10.a Demands Priorities


To navigate to the Demands Priorities Screen, first go to the Miscellaneous folder.
At the Demands Priorities screen select each configured demand and assign a priority number.

NOTE: Demands Priority is only active on the lag or stand alone boilers.

Remember to always save the new setting with the button.

8.D.10.b Anti-Short Cycle


To navigate to the Anti-Short Cycle Configuration Screen, touch the Miscellaneous Features Icon on the Configuration
Screen, then touch the Anti-Short Cycle Icon on the Miscellaneous Features screen.
The Anti-Short Cycle Configuration Screen allows adjustment of the following parameter:
 ycle Time – The amount of time after a heat demand is satisfied that the unit will wait to initiate the next active heat
• C
demand.

NOTE: Anti-Short Cycle Time does not apply to DHW/DHW3 heat demands.

Remember to always save the new setting with the button.


Page 86 C O N F I G U R A T I O N LAARS Heating Systems

8.D.10.c Warm Weather


To navigate to the Warm Weather Configuration Screen, touch the Miscellaneous Features on the Configuration Screen,
then touch the Warm Weather Icon on the Miscellaneous Features screen. The Warm Weather Configuration Screen allows
adjustment of the following parameters:
• T
 emp Min – Upon an active warm weather shutdown condition, this is the temperature at which the unit will reset the shutdown
condition to satisfy a heat demand.
• T
 emp Max – This is the temperature at which the warm weather shutdown condition will occur.
• F
 eature Options – This parameter provides the ability to either disable warm weather shutdown or upon a warm weather condition,
configure the unit to shut down immediately or to shut down after the current heat demand is satisfied.
• S
 ummer Kick CH – The amount of time the unit pump is energized if it hasn’t cycled for an extended period of time.
• S
 ummer Kick DHW – The amount of time the DHW pump is energized if it hasn’t cycled for an extended period of time.
• S
 ummer Kick SYS – The amount of time the SYS pump is energized if it hasn’t cycled for an extended period of time.
• S
 ummer Kick Period – The duration of time between heat demands that the boiler will wait before exercising the boiler, DHW,
and system pumps.

There are three options for Warm Weather Shutdown (WWSD). WWSD is only applicable to boilers. It is not mandatory,
so it can be enabled/disabled on the WWSD configuration screen.
1 - WWSD - Shutdown Immediately
When the outdoor sensor measures an outdoor air temperature that exceeds the WWSD set point, one of the following two
conditions will occur. If the unit is idle, upon a call for heat, the unit will not turn on to satisfy a heat demand. If the unit is
running to satisfy a call for heat, the unit will immediately shutdown. In either case, the WWSD icon will appear on the home
screen.

2 - WWSD – Shutdown After Demand is Satisfied


When the outdoor sensor measures an outdoor air temperature that exceeds the WWSD set point, one of the following
two conditions will occur. If the unit is idle, upon a call for heat, the unit will not turn on to satisfy a heat demand, and
the WWSD icon will be shown on the home screen. If the unit is running to satisfy a call for heat, the unit will satisfy the
heat demand and then the WWSD shutdown icon will appear. As long as the unit is in a WWSD condition, no additional
heat demands will be satisfied.

3 - WWSD – Disabled
Control ignores any WWSD set points, and operates normally.
The OMNITHERM C O N F I G U R AT I O N Page 87

8.D.10.d COM Port, BMS


The control has Modbus and BACnet MSTP (RS485) protocols on board, for use with Building Management Systems.
Gateways can be used for other communication protocols.
To navigate to the COM Port Configuration Screen, touch the Misc Icon on the Configuration Screen, then touch
the COM Port Icon on the Misc Configuration Screen. The COM Port Configuration Screen allows adjustment of the
following parameters:

With Modbus protocol selected, the following parameters are adjustable on this screen:
• B
 audrate – Modbus can be configured for the following standard baudrates: 9600, 19200, 38400, and 57600.
• A
 ddress – The address of the unit on the Modbus network.
• T
 imeout – Upon loss of communication, this is the duration of time in which the unit will wait prior to timeout conditions
occurring.

With BACnet protocol selected, the following parameters are adjustable on this screen:
• B
 audrate – BACnet can be configured for the following standard baudrates: 9600, 19200, 38400, and 76800.
• A
 ddress – The address of the unit on the BACnet network.
• T
 imeout – Upon loss of communication, this is the duration of time in which the unit will wait prior to timeout conditions
occurring.
• D
 evice Model Name – The name of the unit Model on the BACnet network.
• D
 evice Object Name – The name of the unit Object on the BACnet network.
• O
 bject Instance – The object number of the unit on the BACnet network.

NOTE: Changing the protocol


requires a power cycle of the unit
for the change to take effect.
Page 88 C O N F I G U R A T I O N LAARS Heating Systems

8.D.10.e Temperature Conversion


To navigate to the Temperature Conversion Configuration Screen, touch the Temperature Conversion Icon on the
Miscellaneous Features screen.
The Temperature Conversion Configuration Screen allows adjustment of the following parameter:
• Conversion unit – This parameter can be set to Fahrenheit or Celsius.

8.D.10.f Anti-Frost
To navigate to the Anti-Frost Configuration Screen, touch the Miscellaneous Features Icon on the Configuration Screen,
then touch the Anti-Frost Icon on the Miscellaneous Features screen.
The Anti-Frost Configuration Screen allows adjustment of the following parameters:
 nti-Frost – This parameter provides the ability to either disable anti-frost or upon an anti-frost condition, configure the unit
• A
to only turn on the pump or to turn on the pump and fire the burner.
• S
 et Point – The unit will enter anti-frost mode when the unit’s inlet sensor reads the set point minus the hysteresis value. It
will leave anti-frost mode at the set point plus the hysteresis value..
 ysteresis – This parameter is a +/- offset of the Anti-Frost Set Point used to turn on/off the Anti-Frost mode.
• H
• Pump Control – This parameter provides the ability to select which pump(s) are used in Anti-Frost Mode.

The Set Point parameter is the temperature at the boiler inlet sensor to
which the boiler/heater will apply the Hysteresis value to enable the Anti-
Frost mode.

For example, if the Set Point is 44°F, and the Hysteresis is 4, Anti-Frost
will initiate at 40°F (set point – hysteresis) and then will end at 48°F (set
point + hysteresis). If Pump Only or Pump and Burner mode is selected,
the Pump Control parameter allows configuration of which pump(s) will
run during an anti-frost condition. At least one pump must be selected,
but all three pumps (unit, DHW, or System) can be selected. If Anti-
Frost mode is active, a snow flake icon will appear above the unit inlet
temperature on the home screen. As shown in Figure 38
Figure 38. Active Anti Frost Condition
The OMNITHERM C O N F I G U R AT I O N Page 89

8.D.11 Login
To navigate to the Login Screen, touch the Lock Icon on any screen.
The Login Screen allows the operator to make parameter adjustments based on the level of the login credentials.
See Section 8.B on page 60

Table 17 on
page 109
indicates which
parameters
are available
with each login
level.
Page 90 S E R V I C E LAARS Heating Systems

8.E Service Screens


To navigate to the Service Screen, touch the Service Icon in the lower left portion of the Home Screen.

Available only to the factory or technician qualified at


the OEM level.

8.E.1 Burner (Enable/Disable


The OMNITHERM SERVICE Page 91

8.E.2 Digital I/O Inputs


There are two screen associated with the Digital I/O: Digital I/O Screen-Inputs; Digital I/O Screen-Outputs.
Navigate to the Digital I/O Screen by touching the Digital I/O Button on the Service Screen.
Digital I/O Inputs: The indicator light associated with the input is green when the input is satisfied. For example, if there
is adequate flow, the flow switch is satisfied, and the flow switch digital input indicator light is green. The indicator light
associated with the input is red, when the input is not satisfied. For example, if the blower is off, the air proving switch is
not satisfied and the air proving switch digital input indicator light is red.

Inputs

8.E.2.a Digital Outputs


Digital I/O Outputs: The output is on, the indicator light associated with that output is green. For example, if the boiler
pump is running, the boiler pump output indicator light is green. If the output is off, the indicator light associated with that
output is red. For example, if there is no call for heat, the gas valves are off, and the gas valve indicator lights are red.

Outputs
Page 92 S E R V I C E LAARS Heating Systems

8.E.3 Analog I/O


Navigate to the Analog I/O Screen by touching the Analog I/O Button on the Service Screen.
There are two screens associated with the Analog I/O: Analog I/O Inputs; Analog I/O Outputs.
Analog I/O Input: There are three types of analog inputs; temperature sensors, flame signal, and voltage/current (VDC/
mA). Wiring of these inputs are covered in SECTION 7

NOTE: If the input is not attached, the value will be zero.

Inputs

Outputs
The OMNITHERM SERVICE Page 93

8.E.4 Screen (Settings Timeout)


Navigate to Screen Settings by touching the Screen Button on the Service Screen.
There are two adjustable screen settings: Light Timeout and AutoLock Timeout.
• L
 ight Timeout allows the user to adjust the amount of time the touch screen backlight will remain lit after user interaction
has ceased.
• A
 utoLock Timeout allows the user to adjust the amount of time the touch screen will remain unlocked with no user
interaction.

8.E.5 History
Navigate to the History Screen by touching the History Button on the Service Screen.
The History Screen provides information on boiler operations and cycle counts. The control accumulates and displays the
number of heat demand cycles, burner cycles, and pump cycles. It displays the 10 most recent lock-out conditions, unit
temperatures, and firing statistics.
Page 94 S E R V I C E LAARS Heating Systems

8.E.6 Restart (Touchscreen & Recalibrate)


Touching the Restart Button on the Service Screen reboots the display. If the touchscreen seems to be out of
alignment, it can be recalibrated by pressing the Restart Button, promptly touching (and holding) the touch screen.
Follow the calibration procedure as shown on the touch screen.

8.E.7 Factory Reset


Touching the Factory Reset Button on the Service Screen resets all touch screen
adjustable parameters back to the factory default setting.

8.E.8 HMI Model OEM only.

8.E.9 BIC Model OEM only


.

8.E.10 Both Model. OEM only.

8.E.11 About About the Firmware version of the touchscreen.

8.E.12 Dev Fan OEM only.

8.E.13 Fan Settings OEM only.

GREY = Only available to the factory service tech or


to a technician qualified at the OEM level.
The OMNITHERM Page 95

8.F Messages and USB

8.F.1 Messages
The ‘Messages’ icon at the bottom of the home screen
displays an ‘Exclamation Point’ when messages are present.
Press the icon to see the message(s).

8.F.2 USB Functionality


The USB port is on the back of the display. To access it, the control
display can be lifted off of the front of the unit and the USB port is
found behind the touchscreen. See Figure 39.

When the USB icon has appeared over the Message icon, press the USB
icon to access the USB menu. The following three tasks will be available:
• D
 ownload Parameters from the boiler: During a cascade setup or a
control replacement, enter the values in one unit, to copy into the others.
• U
 pload Parameters from the boiler: Uploads all parameters and
settings into a thumb drive for documentation purposes, or copies these
settings from unit to unit.
• U
 pload Data from the boiler: This is used to retrieve runtime data, and
history. It captures all settings in a tab delimited text file, for use with
spreadsheet programs.

Figure 39. P
 hoto of USB Slot on
the back of touchscreen
display.
Page 96 LAARS Heating Systems

8.G Active Demands

The Active Demand Window indicates the status of active heat demands.

A black heat demand icon indicates the heat demand that is currently being satisfied.
A “greyed out” heat demand icon is either lower in priority than the heat demand that is
currently being satisfied, or the heat demand has reached set point, but remains active.

Table 16. Demand Examples


The OMNITHERM Page 97

SECTION 9 Gas Valve Touchscreen, Menus and Descriptions


9.A About the Gas Valve
This unit utiizes a Honeywell Gas Valve with a touchscreen display.

Models 1250 and 1500

Gas Valve Reset

Sight
Glass

Models 1750, 2000 and 2500

Gas Valve Reset

Sight
Glass
Page 98 LAARS Heating Systems

9.B Menu Structure (Example)

Your current menu location is always shown in the NAV


LOCATION. Keep an eye on this area as it will always tell you
where you have navigated to.

NAV LOCATION:

MENU TABS:

l e
p
m
SELECTION AREA:

x a
E
MENU OPTIONS:

9.C Gas Valve Display Navigation and Menus


From Home, select Valve 1.

Menu Options
• File Settings – files to be saved to a USB device or be loaded to the system memory from a USB device. File
types that can be saved or loaded include A/F curve, valve configuration data, and log files.
• Search for Valves – If for some reason Valve 1 doesn’t appear on the display may need to search for the valve
by pressing search for Valve.
• Display Setup – Allows the date and time to be set, volume and brightness adjustments, screen calibration,
modbus address settings and display port setup.
The OMNITHERM Page 99

From Valve 1, select Setup & Tests.

Note your
location.

Selections
• Valve Status - This section gives general information about valve operation and hours and cycles.
• Setup & Tests – Allows for valve settings adjustment, configuration of optional components on the boiler and
combustion setup of the boiler.
• Diagnostics – Displays lockout history and detailed information on current valve lockouts.

From Setup & Tests,


Select Settings.

Selections
Settings – The sub-menus found in ‘Settings’ allow for configuration of the gas valve and the devices that can be
incorporated into the boiler. All of these items are set at the factory, so these menus will only be needed
if a valve or component is replaced or a units change is desired. When changes are made it is likely that
that the changes will need to be verified before the valve will operate using the changes.

Valve Proving Sequence – Not available

Hi-Gas & Lo-Gas Pressure – Not available

Fuel Air Ratio & Ignition – The sub-menus found in ‘Fuel Air Ratio & Ignition’ allow for combustion setup, ignition
characteristics modification, loading and saving A/F curves and valve configurations.
Page 100 LAARS Heating Systems

You are now in the Settings menu.

MENU TABS:

Menu Tabs.
General: This menu displays these current settings (as shown).
Valve body: Allows the selection of the proper valve body size. This should be done at the factory. No
adjustments necessary.
Valve Name: The valve can be given a unique name if need to suit application requirements. In rare
cases this may be a benefit with Building Management System.
Valve SW version: Software revision of the valve. This might be needed if troubleshooting of the valve
system is required for diagnostic purposes.
HMI Tool SW version: Identifies the SW revision of the display that is attached to the valve.
Modbus address: T
 his address can be changed if the valve is going to be added to a BAS that will be
communicating with the valve.
Baud rate: Sets the communication speed of the Modbus network

Security: T
 his menu allows the installer and OEM passwords to be reset if needed. If the passwords are changed
the installer/building owner is responsible for remembering the password to gain access to the system.
Laars doesn’t have access to the installer password once changed.

Access Levels: Controls the password level access to the settings of the gas valve. This menu lists out each section
of the display and assigns a password level to each. The installer can limit access to items that don’t
require installer level access if desired.

Units: Allows the units of pressure, volume and flow rate to be set to the desired engineering units.

PRESSMOD: Not available at this time.

FARMOD: Lists the factory data from the FARMOD and the current status of the FARMOD. IF the FARMOD
is replaced in the field the new FARMOD will need to be accepted in this menu to allow for proper
combustion setup.

POC: Not available


The OMNITHERM Page 101

9.D Fuel Air Ratio & Ignition, Menus

Click back to
Setup & Tests

From Setup & Tests,


select Fuel-Air Ratio
& Ignition.

Fuel Air Ratio & Ignition has several menus that allow for combustion setup, Ignition characteristics
modification, Loading and saving A/F curves and valve configurations.

MENU TABS:

9.D.1 OEM
 he OEM menu sets several safety parameters that can not be adjusted in the field. The default position 2 value
T
and Learned Pos. 2 values can be used for troubleshooting.
Page 102 LAARS Heating Systems

9.D.2 Ignition Menu


The settings in the ignition tab allow the ignition characteristics of the boiler to be customized to fit the boiler
application if needed. In most cases customization will not be necessary. The ignition graph shown is a
representation of how the gas valve will react during the trial for ignition process. In the graph position 3 is the
normal operating combustion level for the boiler at the ignition fan speed. Valve positions below position 3 indicate
that the boiler combustion will be lean during ignition. Valve positions higher than position 3 indicate combustion
will be rich during ignition.

Ramp offset – defines the starting position of the valve during the ignition period. Sets the amount of valve steps
below the learned position the valve starts from during the ignition process. This can be used to start from a lean
starting point if needed.

Ramp period – the amount of time it takes the valve to open through the ramp offset. This can be used to fast or
slow open the valve to tune the ignition if pulsing occurs at ignition.

Hold on period – during the hold on period the gas valve will not make adjustments based on feedback from the
system. This allows the system to stabilize after ignition before the valve starts to make adjustments.

Ignition period – The ignition period must be set to 4 seconds to match the actual ignition period of the boiler
control. If this is changed to something other than 4 seconds the valve may not make the proper adjustments to
the learned position for proper ignition.

Ignition setpoint – defines the learned position 2 identified on the graph. When set to 100% the boiler will try to
ignite with combustion settings the same as position 3. With values less than 100% the boiler will ignite in a lean
condition. With values greater than 100% the boiler will ignite in a rich condition.

Record Ign. Air Level – is an air proving setting at ignition that determines if the boiler has the correct amount
of air flow. If the air flow is low due to blockage or other condition the valve will lockout. When first installing the
boiler and getting the boiler setup the record ign. air level button should be selected, so that the proper air level
can be recorded for the application.

Learned Position 2 – the learned position defines the A/F ratio during ignition. The learned position is defined
by the settings made in the ignition menu and the installation characteristics such as gas supply pressure. The
learned position will adjust automatically within a range from the default position to maintain the proper A/F ratio
at ignition. During this process it is likely that the first few ignitions will be more noticeable than later ignitions. This
is a normal part of the boiler adjusting to the installation.

CAUTION: If the boiler runs through several ignitions with the gas off the Learned position will be adjusted to
richen up the A/F ratio. When the gas is then turned on the ignition might be more noticeable than after the boiler
has gone through several ignitions and the learned position is adjusted correctly.
The OMNITHERM Page 103

9.D.3 Base Curve Menu

Controls the base A/F ratio curves. These values are set at the factory and can not be adjusted in the field.

9.D.4 Correction Curve Menu

Allows for adjustment of the A/F ratio by the installer. To adjust the A/F curves follow the steps provided.

1. Set the desired fan speed.


2. Measure the CO2 with an analyzer.
3. Start point commissioning
4. Adjust CO2 levels. Touch the lean arrows to decrease CO2. Touch Rich arrows to increase CO2. Double
arrows move the CO2 richer or leaner faster than single arrows. In most cases touching the double arrows is
acceptable when adjusting the CO2.
5. When the CO2 level is set correctly press set min if setting the min modulation point, press set max if setting
the maximum point, or commission point if setting a point between min and max.
6. Repeat this process until five points have been setup through the modulation range.
Page 104 LAARS Heating Systems

9.D.5 Summary Menu

The Summary tab shows the A/F curves for the base curve and correction curve, so each curve can be reviewed.
The summary tab doesn’t allow the A/F curves to be adjusted, so there is not a risk of making unintended changes

9.D.6 Load & Save Menu

Allows for valve configurations, A/F curves and log files to be saved or loaded from system memory. Saving the
original A/F curves to memory before starting to make adjustments will allow the installer to revert back to previous
A/F curves without having to make manual adjustments. When loading valve configurations or A/F curves the
correction curve will be cleared, so the correction curve will need to be setup for the boiler to operate correctly.
The OMNITHERM Page 105

9.E Diagnostics

Home > Valve 1 > Diagnostics – The diagnostics section is broken up into several menus and will help to
diagnose issues if they occur.

Active faults - lists the faults that are currently active preventing or limiting boiler function.

Fault History – lists the faults that have occurred and are no longer active.

Trends – variables can be added to a graph to create a trend. The time scale and variables to monitor can be
selected from pulldown menus.

Reports – creates a report of all of the gas valve settings, A/F curves, faults, ignition settings and OEM settings
that can be used when trouble shooting the boiler. This report is something that you may be asked to collect
when requesting application support, so settings and adjustments can be confirmed.

Data Acquisition – Only available during BETA. Allows for the collection of data specific to valve operation for
diagnostic and troubleshooting purposes.
Page 106 LAARS Heating Systems

9.F Verification Menu

Verification is a required process when changes to safety parameters are made. Verification forces a review of the
changes made and allows those changes to be accepted.
1. When a setting is changed that requires verification a notification will appear at the bottom of the screen.
Press the Verify Safety Parameters button to proceed to the verification process.
2. Select begin to start the verification process
3. Select yes if the parameter change is correct. Select No if the parameter change is incorrect. If No is selected
the parameter must be changed to the correct setting and the verification process started again.
4. If yes is selected, press the reset button on the gas valve face when prompted to complete the verification
process.
The OMNITHERM Page 107
Page 108 LAARS Heating Systems

9.F Verification Menu (continued)

9.G Gas Valve Password & Login Menu

The login screen will appear with an attempt to make changes to a password protected parameter.
The login screen can also be accessed by pressing the login icon at the top of the gas valve display.
When entering a password select the installer tab and then enter the password LaarsOmt2018.
Passwords are case sensitive.
The OMNITHERM Page 109

SECTION 10 Parameter Tables


Table 17. OCH (Boiler) Parameter and Range Table (next 3 pages)

OCH

r
Minimum Maximum Default

le

EM
r
se

al
st

O
U

In
Time & Date
Hour x x x NA NA NA
Minute x x x NA NA NA
Month x x x NA NA NA
Day x x x NA NA NA
Year x x x NA NA NA
CH1
CH1 Enable/Disable x x Disable Enable Enable
CH1 Setpoint x x x 100 F 200 F 180 F
CH1 On Hysteresis x x 0F 20 F 10 F
CH1 Off Hysteresis x x 0F 20 F 10 F
CH1 PID Low - Proportional Gain x x 0 10 5
CH1 PID Low - Integral Time x x 0 10 2
CH1 PID Low - Derivative Time x x 0 10 0
CH1 PID High - Proportional Gain x x 0 10 7
CH1 PID High - Integral Time x x 0 10 7
CH1 PID High - Derivative Time x x 0 10 0
CH1 Max Power x x 20 100 100
CH2
CH2 Enable/Disable x x Disable Enable Enable
CH2 Setpoint x x x 100 F 200 F 170 F
CH2 On Hysteresis x x 0F 20 F 10 F
CH2 Off Hysteresis x x 0F 20 F 10 F
CH2 PID Low - Proportional Gain x x 0 10 5
CH2 PID Low - Integral Time x x 0 10 2
CH2 PID Low - Derivative Time x x 0 10 0
CH2 PID High - Proportional Gain x x 0 10 7
CH2 PID High - Integral Time x x 0 10 7
CH2 PID High - Derivative Time x x 0 10 0
CH2 Max Power x x 20 100 100
DHW
DHW Enable/Disable x x Disable Enable Enable
DHW Setpoint x x x 100 F 200 F 120 F
DHW On Hysteresis x x 0F 60 F 10 F
DHW Off Hysteresis x x 0F 20 F 10 F
DHW PID Low - Proportional Gain x x 0 10 5
DHW PID Low - Integral Time x x 0 10 2
DHW PID Low - Derivative Time x x 0 10 0
DHW PID High - Proportional Gain x x 0 10 7
DHW PID High - Integral Time x x 0 10 7
DHW PID High - Derivative Time x x 0 10 0
DHW Offset x x x 0F 70 F 0F
DHW Max Power x x 20 100 100
Outdoor Reset
Outdoor Reset Enable/Disable x x Disable Enable Disable
Maximum Outdoor Temperature x x 0F 120 F 65 F
Minimum Outdoor Temperature x x -40 F 65 0F
Minimum Water CH1 Temperature x x 100 F 200 F 120 F
Minimum Water CH2 Temperature x x 100 F 200 F 120 F
Cascade CH
Address x x 0 8 0
Dynamic Address x x 0 8 0
Base Load x x 20 100 65
Drop Load x x 20 100 20
Minimum On Time x x 30 s 600 s 60 s
Minimum Off Time x x 30 s 600 s 60 s
Lost Lead Backup Setpoint x x 120 F 200 F 140 F
Lag On Hysteresis x x 0F 20 F 10 F
Lag Off Hysteresis x x 0F 20 F 10 F
Maximum Lag Temperature x x 120 F 200 F 140 F
Backup Mode Max Lag Power x x 20% 100% 100%
Cascade Rotation
Rotation Mode x x Run Time Recurrence Run Time
Run Time Hours x x 12 hrs 744 hrs 24 hrs
Time of Day - Hour x x 0 23 2
Time of Day - Minutes x x 0 59 0
Every X Day x x 1 365 1
Cascade Redundancy
Boiler Internal
Loss of Lead Setup x x Disable Setpoint/ Disable
Redundant Lead
Pump Configuration
Auto/ Always On/
Off During
Boiler Pump Control x x Disable DHW/Auto - Off Auto
When Temperature
Reached
Page 110 LAARS Default
Heating Systems
OCH

r
Minimum Maximum

le

EM
r
se

al
st

O
U

In
Boiler Pump Post Circulation x x 0 secs 600 secs 60 secs
DHW Pump Control x x Disable Auto/ Always On Auto
DHW Pump Post Circulation x x 0 secs 600 secs 60 secs
OCH System Pump Control x x Disable
Auto/ Always On/
Auto
Off During DHW
(continured)
System Pump Post Circulation x x 0 secs 600 secs 60 secs
Vari-Prime
Pump On Delay Timer x x 0 secs 120 secs 60 secs
Proportional Gain x x 0 10 5
Integral Time x x 0 10 2
Derivative Time x x 0 10 0
Pump Minimum Speed x x 0 mV 10000 mV 2000 mV
Pump Maximum Speed x x 2000 mV 10000 mV 10000 mV
Pump Off Delay Timer x x 0 secs 600 secs 60 secs
Delta Temperature x x 0F 60 F 20 F
Firing Rate
Enable Burner x x Disable Enable Disable
Fan speed x Minimum Maximum Minimum
Fan speed x 0% 100% 100%
Temperature Limits
Auto Reset Boiler Outlet x x 100 F 210 F 195 F
Manual Reset Boiler Outlet x x 100 F 210 F 200 F
Reset Differential x x 1F 30 F 20 F
Manual Reset Flue x x 50 500 500
Flue Temp Min x x 50 500 450
Flue Temp Max x x 50 500 500
Delta T Maximum Temperature x x 0F 70 F 60 F
Delta T Enable/Disable x x Disable Enable Enable
Outlet Temp Minimum x x 180 195 190
Outlet Temp Maximum x x 190 210 195
External Control

Control Mode x x Disable External Setpoint Disable

Maximum Setpoint x x 120 F 200 F 150 F


Minimum Setpoint x x 120 F 200 F 130 F
Demand Max x x 0% 100% 100%
Demand Min x x 0% 100% 20%
Demand On x x 0% 25% 15%
Demand Off x x 0% 25% 10%
Input Type x x 0-10 Volt 4-20 mA 0-10 Volt
Demand Priorities
CH1 Demand Priority x x 1 5 2
CH2 Demand Priority x x 1 5 3
DHW Demand Priority x x 1 5 1
Cascade Demand Priority x x 1 5 4
External Demand Priority x x 1 5 5
Anti- Frost
Pump Only/ Pump
Anti Frost Mode x x Disable Pump Only
& Burner
Anti- Frost Setpoint x x 32 F 120 F 40 F
Anti- Frost Hysteresis x x 2F 10 F 5F
Boiler/ DHW/
Anti- Frost Pump Control x x NA Boiler
System
Warm Weather Shutdown
Temperature Minimum x x 50 F 140 F 90 F
Temperature Maximum x x 50 F 140 F 95 F
Shutdown
Immediately/ Shutdown
Feature Options x x Disable
Shutdown After Immediately
Demand is Satisfied
Summer Kick CH x x 0 secs 600 secs 300 secs
Summer Kick DHW x x 0 secs 600 secs 300 secs
Summer Kick System x x 0 secs 600 secs 300 secs
Summer Kick Period x x 10 min 2000 min 1440 min
Anti- Short Cycle Time
Cycle Time x x 0 secs 240 secs 60 secs
Temperature Conversion
Conversion Unit x x Celsius Fahrenheit Fahrenheit
COM port Options
Protocol x x Modbus BACnet BACnet
Baudrate x x 9600 76800 76800
Address x x 0 255 127
Device Model Name x x NA NA NA
OCH
r

Minimum Maximum Default


le

EM
r
se

al

Device Object Name x x NA NA NA


st

O
U

In

Object Instance x x 0 4194303 600000


Timeout x x 0 secs 300 secs 300 secs
Service
Burner Enable/Disable x x Disable Enable Enable
Screen Settings
Light Timeout x x x 60 secs 3600 secs 600 secs
AutoLock Timeout x x x 60 secs 3600 secs 600 secs
The OMNITHERM Page 111

Table 18. OCV (Water Heater) Parameter and Range Table (next 2 pages)

OCV

r
Minimum Maximum Default

le
r

EM
se

al
st

O
U

In
Time & Date
Hour x x x NA NA NA
Minute x x x NA NA NA
Month x x x NA NA NA
Day x x x NA NA NA
Year x x x NA NA NA
DHW1
DHW1 Enable/Disable x x Disable Enable Enable
DHW1 Setpoint x x x 100 F 200 F 180 F
DHW1 On Hysteresis x x 0F 20 F 10 F
DHW1 Off Hysteresis x x 0F 20 F 10 F
DHW1 PID Low - Proportional Gain x x 0 10 5
DHW1 PID Low - Integral Time x x 0 10 2
DHW1 PID Low - Derivative Time x x 0 10 0
DHW1 PID High - Proportional Gain x x 0 10 7
DHW1 PID High - Integral Time x x 0 10 7
DHW1 PID High - Derivative Time x x 0 10 0
DHW1 Max Power x x 20 100 100
DHW2
DHW2 Enable/Disable x x Disable Enable Enable
DHW2 Setpoint x x x 100 F 200 F 170 F
DHW2 On Hysteresis x x 0F 60 F 10 F
DHW2 Off Hysteresis x x 0F 20 F 10 F
DHW2 PID Low - Proportional Gain x x 0 10 5
DHW2 PID Low - Integral Time x x 0 10 2
DHW2 PID Low - Derivative Time x x 0 10 0
DHW2 PID High - Proportional Gain x x 0 10 7
DHW2 PID High - Integral Time x x 0 10 7
DHW2 PID High - Derivative Time x x 0 10 0
DHW2 Max Power x x 20 100 100
DHW3
DHW3 Enable/Disable x x Disable Enable Enable
DHW3 Setpoint x x x 100 F 200 F 140 F
DHW3 On Hysteresis x x 0F 60 F 10 F
DHW3 Off Hysteresis x x 0F 20 F 10 F
DHW3 PID Low - Proportional Gain x x 0 10 5
DHW3 PID Low - Integral Time x x 0 10 2
DHW3 PID Low - Derivative Time x x 0 10 0
DHW3 PID High - Proportional Gain x x 0 10 7
DHW3 PID High - Integral Time x x 0 10 7
DHW3 PID High - Derivative Time x x 0 10 0
DHW3 Offset x x x 0F 80 F 0
DHW3 Max Power x x 20 100 100
Outdoor Reset (NOT Available on Volume Water Units)
Cascade DHW
Address x x 0 8 0
Dynamic Address x x 0 8 0
Base Load x x 20 100 65
Drop Load x x 20 100 20
Minimum On Time x x 30 s 600 s 60 s
Minimum Off Time x x 30 s 600 s 60 s
Lost Lead Backup Setpoint x x 100 F 200 F 140 F
Lag On Hysteresis x x 0F 60 F 10 F
Lag Off Hysteresis x x 0F 20 F 10 F
Maximum Lag Temperature x x 100 F 200 F 140 F
Cascade Rotation
Rotation Mode x x Run Time Recurrence Run Time
Run Time Hours x x 12 hrs 744 hrs 24 hrs
Time of Day - Hour x x 0 23 2
Time of Day - Minutes x x 0 59 0
Every X Day x x 1 365 1
Cascade Redundancy
Boiler Internal
Loss of Lead Setup x x Disable Setpoint/ Disable
Redundant Lead
Pump Configuration
Page 112 LAARS Heating Systems

Auto/ Always On/


OCV Off During
(continured) Boiler Pump Control x x Disable DHW/Auto - Off Auto
When Temperature
Reached
Boiler Pump Post Circulation x x 0 secs 600 secs 60 secs

x x Disable Auto/ Always On Auto


DHW Pump Control
DHW Pump Post Circulation x x 0 secs 600 secs 60 secs
Auto/ Always On/
System Pump Control x x Disable Auto
Off During DHW
System Pump Post Circulation x x 0 secs 600 secs 60 secs
Variprime (NOT Available on Volume Water Units)
Firing Rate
Enable Burner x x Disable Enable Disable
Fan speed x Minimum Maximum Minimum
Fan speed x 0% 100% 100%
Temperature Limits
Auto Reset Boiler Outlet x x 100 F 210 F 195 F
Manual Reset Boiler Outlet x x 100 F 210 F 200 F
Reset Differential x x 1F 30 F 20 F
Manual Reset Flue x x 50 500 500
Flue Temp Min x x 50 500 450
Flue Temp Max x x 50 500 500
Delta T Maximum Temperature x x 0F 70 F 60 F
Delta T Enable/Disable x x Disable Enable Enable
Outlet Temp Minimum x x 180 195 190

Outlet Temp Maximum x x 190 210 195


External Control

Control Mode x x Disable External Setpoint Disable

Maximum Setpoint x x 120 F 200 F 150 F


Minimum Setpoint x x 120 F 200 F 130 F
Demand Max x x 0% 100% 100%
Demand Min x x 0% 100% 20%
Demand On x x 0% 25% 15%
Demand Off x x 0% 25% 10%
Input Type x x 0-10 Volt 4-20 mA 0-10 Volt
Demand Priorities
DHW1 Demand Priority x x 1 5 2
DHW2 Demand Priority x x 1 5 3
DHW3 Demand Priority x x 1 5 1
Cascade Demand Priority x x 1 5 4
External Demand Priority x x 1 5 5
Anti- Frost
Pump Only/ Pump
Anti Frost Mode x x Disable Pump Only
& Burner
Anti- Frost Setpoint x x 32 F 120 F 40 F
Anti- Frost Hysteresis x x 2F 10 F 5F
Boiler/ DHW/
Anti- Frost Pump Control x x NA Boiler
System
Warm Weather Shutdown (NOT Available on Volume Water Units)
Anti- Short Cycle Time
Cycle Time x x 0 secs 240 secs 60 secs
Temperature Conversion
Conversion Unit x x Celsius Fahrenheit Fahrenheit
Com Port Options
Protocol Modbus BACnet BACnet
Baudrate x x 9600 76800 76800
Address x x 0 255 127
Device Model Name x x NA NA NA
Device Object Name x x NA NA NA
Object Instance x x 0 4194303 600000
Timeout x x 0 secs 300 secs 300 secs
Service
Burner Enable/Disable x x Disable Enable Enable
Screen Settings
Light Timeout x x x 60 secs 3600 secs 600 secs
AutoLock Timeout x x x 60 secs 3600 secs 600 secs
The OMNITHERM Page 113

SECTION 11 Initial startup


Instructions

11.A Filling the Boiler System water level exceeds ¼ of the volume of the expansion
1. Ensure the system is fully connected. Close all tank, open the tank drain, and drain to that level.
bleeding devices and open the make-up water valve. 10. Shut down the entire system and vent all radiation
Allow the system to fill slowly. units and high points in the system piping, as
2. If a make-up water pump is employed, adjust the described in Step 4.
pressure switch on pumping system to provide a 11. Close the make-up water valve. Check the strainer
minimum of 12 psi (81.8 kPa) at the highest point in in the pressure reducing valve for sediment or debris
the heating loop. from the make-up water line. Reopen the make-up
3. If a water pressure regulator is provided on the make- water valve.
up water line, adjust the pressure regulator to provide 12. Check the gauge for correct water pressure and also
at least 12 psi (81.8 kPa) at the highest point in the check the water level in the system. If the height
heating loop. indicated above the boiler ensures that water is at the
4. Open any bleeding devices on all radiation units at highest point in the circulating loop, then the system
the high points in the piping throughout the system, is ready for operation.
unless automatic air bleeders are provided at those 13. Refer to local codes and the make-up water valve
points. manufacturer’s instructions as to whether the make-up
5. To remove all air from the heat exchanger, cycle water valve should be left open or closed.
the boiler pump on and off 10 times (10 seconds on 14. Press the reset on the low pressure switch.
and 10 seconds off). Then run the system and boiler
pumps for a minimum of 30 minutes with the gas shut 15. After placing the unit in operation, the ignition system
off. safety shutoff device must be tested.
First, shut off the manual gas valve, and then call the
NOTE - There are three (3) air bleeds located on top of
unit for heat. The main gas terminals will be energized
the water manifolds.
and attempting to light for five seconds and then will
de-energize. The unit will go into lockout after the
required number of trials for ignition periods.
Second, press the manual reset button on the boiler
control, or the user display, open the manual gas
valve and allow the unit to light. While the unit is
operating, close the manual gas valve and ensure
that power to the main gas valve has been cut.
WARNING 16. Within three (3) days of start up, recheck all air
Failure to remove all air from the heat exchanger could bleeders and the expansion tank as described
lead to property damage, severe injury or death. previously in Steps 4 and 8.

6. Open all strainers in the circulating system, check the NOTE - The installer is responsible for identifying to the
operation of the flow switch (if equipped), and check owner/operator the location of all emergency shutoff
for debris. If debris is present, clean out the strainers devices.
to ensure proper circulation.
7. Check the liquid level in the expansion tank. With WARNING
the system full of water and under normal operating
Do not use this unit if any part has been under water.
pressure, the level of water in the expansion tank
Immediately call a qualified service technician to inspect
should not exceed ¼ of the total with the balance
the unit and to replace any part of the control system
filled with air.
and any gas control that may have been under water.
8. Start up the boiler following the procedure in this
manual. Operate the entire system, including the
pump, boiler, and radiation units for one hour.
9. Recheck the water level in the expansion tank. If the
Page 114 LAARS Heating Systems

11.B Initial Operation


WARNING
The initial setup must be checked before the unit is put
into operation. Problems such as failure to start, rough If any odor of gas is detected, or if the gas burner
ignition, strong exhaust odors, etc. can be due to improper does not appear to be functioning in a normal
setup. Damage to the boiler resulting from improper setup manner, close the main gas shutoff valve. Do
is not covered by the limited warranty. not shut off the power switch. Contact your heating
contractor, gas company, or factory representative.

11.B.1 Initial Burner Operation


1. Using this manual, make sure the installation is WARNING
complete and in full compliance with the instructions
and all local codes. Improper adjustment may lead to poor combustion
quality, increasing the amount of carbon monoxide
2. Determine that the unit and system are filled with produced. Excessive carbon monoxide levels may
water and all air has been bled from both. Open all lead to personal injury or death.
valves.
3. Observe all warnings on the Operating Instructions
label and turn on gas and electrical power to the
unit. It may be neccesary to reset the low pressure 11.C Shutting Down the Unit
switch. This step must be performed by a qualified service
person.
1. Turn off the main electrical disconnect switch.
2. Close all manual gas valves.
3. If freezing is anticipated, drain the unit and be sure
to also protect the building piping from freezing. All
water must be removed from the heat exchanger or
damage from freezing may occur.
4. The unit will enter the start sequence. The blower
and pump will energize for pre-purge, then the
ignition sequence will start. After all safety devices
are verified, the gas valve will open.
If ignition doesn’t occur, turn off the unit. Check that
11.D Restarting the Unit
there is proper supply of gas. Wait five minutes and
start the unit again. If the system has been drained, see 11.A for instructions
on proper filling and purging.
5. If ignition starts normally, leave the unit turned on.
1. Turn off the main electrical disconnect switch.
6. After placing the unit into operation, the burner
safety shutoff device must be tested: 2. Close all manual gas valves.
(a) Close the gas shutoff valve with the burner 3. Wait five minutes.
operating. 4. Set the aquastat or thermostat to its lowest setting.
(b) The flame will go out, and the blower will continue 5. Open all manual gas valves.
to run for the post purge cycle. A few additional
6. Reset all safety switches (pressure switch, manual
attempts to light will follow including pre-purge,
reset high limit, etc.).
ignitor on, valve/flame on and post purge. Ignition
will not occur because the gas is turned off. The 7. Set the temperature controller to the desired
ignition control will lockout. temperature setting and switch on the electrical
power.
(c) Open the gas shutoff valve. Reset the boiler control
by pressing the Reset button on the control. Restart 8. The unit will go through a prepurge period and ignitor
the unit. The ignition sequence will start again warm-up period, followed by ignition.
and the burner will start. The unit will return to its
previous mode of operation.
The OMNITHERM Page 115

11.E Combustion setup

The OmniTherm uses a sophisticated gas control system that monitors the gas air ratio and automatically
adjusts to maintain proper operating conditions. On initial installation and subsequent inspections, the CO2 levels
should be checked and if outside the allowable range, adjustments made. To make adjustments to the gas air
ratio use the Gas valve display inside the boiler jacket and follow the process below.

11.E.1 Firing Rate for Boiler

1. Boiler display>Configure>Firing rate. Force the fan speed to the desired RPM by navigating through the boiler
display and setting the Fan RPM. Enable fan speed and set the fan speed to desired RPM. Use the following
RPMs to set combustion, 1000, 1500, 2000, 3000, 4000, and maximum fan speed.

Firing Rate. See Section 8.D.6


Page 116 LAARS Heating Systems

11.E.2 Combustion at the Gas Valve Display

2. Measure the combustion product to determine if the CO2 levels fall in the ranges listed in the table. If the
CO2 level is out of range adjust the CO2 by using the gas valve display and the process below.
a. Using the gas valve display Navigate to Home > Valve 1 > Settings > Fuel Air Ratio & Ignition >
Correction curve.
b. Login to the gas valve. See Gas valve password and login section for detailed instructions.
c. Press Start point commissioning.
d. Adjust CO2 levels according to Table 19. Touch lean arrows to decrease CO2. Touch Rich arrows to
increase CO2. Double arrows move the CO2 richer or leaner faster than single arrows. In most cases
touching the double arrows is acceptable when adjusting the CO2.
e. When the CO2 level is set correctly press set min if setting the min modulation point, press set
max if setting the maximum point or Add Generic if setting a point between min and max. If the point
added or modified is close to another point on the correction curve the system will ask if overwriting
the existing point is ok.
f. In some cases it may be necessary to delete the original curve points. To do this select the Deletion
tab. Select the point that should be deleted. The point selected will be highlighted on the correction
curve. Press Delete point.

3. Repeat this process until all RPMs identified have been setup.

Air supply temperature CO2 level


Fº Cº %
Between 40 - 100 4 - 38 8.5
Below 39 4 8
Above 101 38 9

Table 19. CO2 levels at various air supply temperatures


The OMNITHERM Page 117

SECTION 12 Maintenance

12.A System Maintenance 12.B Maintenance Notes


Do the following once a year: Use only genuine manufacturers replacement parts.
1. Lubricate all the pumps in the system, per the
instructions on the pump. CAUTION
2. Inspect the venting system for obstruction or When servicing the controls, label all wires before
leakage. Periodically clean the screens in the vent disconnecting them. Wiring errors can cause improper
terminal and combustion air terminal (when used). and dangerous operation. Verify proper operation after
3. Remove and inspect the air filter. Clean with soapy servicing.
water if needed. Be sure that filter is dry before re-
inserting back into air filter box. Replace air filter if
damaged. WARNING
4. Keep the area around the unit clear and free of Disconnect all power to the unit before attempting any
combustible materials, gasoline, or other flammable service procedures. Contact with electricity can result
vapors or liquids. in severe injury or death.
5. If the unit is not going to be used for extended
periods in locations where freezing normally
occurs, it should be isolated from the system and NOTE - The Warranty does not cover damage caused
completely drained of all water. by lack of required maintenance, lack of water flow, or
6. Low water cutoffs should be cleaned and inspected improper operating practices.
annually.
7. Inspect and clean the condensate collection, float The gas and electric controls are engineered for long
switch and disposal system yearly. life and dependable operation, but the safety of the
8. Ensure that the condensate is being neutralized equipment depends on their proper functioning.
properly if a neutralizer is being used.
9. Inspect the flue passages and clean them using
brushes or vacuums, if necessary. Sooting in 12.B.1 Burner
flue passages indicates improper combustion. Check the burner for debris. Remove the blower
Determine the cause of the problem and correct it. assembly to access the blower adapter plate. Remove
10. Inspect the vent system and air intake system the 4 bolts connecting the blower to the arm. Remove
and ensure that all joints are sealed properly. If the blower adapter plate to access the burner. Pull the
any joints need to be resealed, follow venting burner up and out. Clean the burner, if necessary, by
manufacturer’s instructions to clean and reseal vent blowing compressed air from the outside of the burner
system. into the center of the burner, and wipe the inside of the
11. The pressure relief valve should be inspected and burner clean with glass cleaner. A dirty burner may be
tested every year. an indication of improper combustion or dirty combustion
12. Once a year, the items listed below should be air. Determine the cause of the problem and correct it.
inspected by a qualified service technician: If the burner gaskets are damaged, replace them when
replacing the burner.
a. Controls and Displays g. Flow switch
b. Automatic gas valve h. Low water cutoff
12.B.2 Gas Valve / Venturi
c. Air filter i. Burner
The gas valve consists of a valve body that incorporates
d. Pressure switches j. Heat exchanger the On/Off gas flow control and a fuel-air ratio controlled
e. Blower k. Ignitor pressure regulator. It provides the air/gas ratio control
f. Pump in combination with the fuel/air mixer to the unit. It is
designed to operate with gas supply pressure at 4-10.5”
W.C. Natural Gas.
13. Replace FARMod air filter. The filter is located in To remove the gas valve or fuel/air mixer, shut off the
the top right hand corner of the boiler and can be power supply to the boiler. Turn off all manual gas
accessed by removing the front upper panel. On valves connecting the boiler to the main gas supply
some models this will require the removal of the line. Remove the front doors of the boiler and the top
lower panel first. panels to gain access to the gas valve and fuel/air
mixer. Disconnect the four (4) flange bolts connecting
Do the following once every six (6) months: the gas manifold pipe to the gas valve. Remove the
1. If a strainer is employed in a pressure reducing electrical connections to the gas valve. Remove the bolts
valve or the piping, clean it every six months. connecting the fuel/air mixer flange to the blower. This
Page 118 LAARS Heating Systems

allows the entire gas valve and fuel/air mixer assembly to pass through ceramic insulators and then align with
be removed as an assembly to facilitate inspection and the ground rod. In order for a proper spark to form,
cleaning. the mounting bracket must be grounded to the boiler
After the valve has been removed, reassemble in reverse chassis. To remove the electrodes, shut off the power to
order making sure to include all gaskets and O-rings. the unit, turn off the main gas supply and open the front
Turn on the manual gas valves and check for gas leaks. door of the boiler to gain access to the top portion of
Turn on the main power. Place the unit in operation the unit. Remove the high tension ignition wire from the
following the instructions in SECTION 11. Once the spark electrode. Remove the flame sensor wire. Remove
boiler is operating, check for leaks again and confirm all the two (2) nuts and spacers holding the spark electrode
fasteners are tight. assembly in place. Pull the spark ignition electrodes out
Check the setup for the unit according to the instructions of the boiler slowly making sure to move the assembly
in SECTION 14 as needed, so the electrodes are not bent as they are
being removed. If the old assembly is determined to be
defective, install a new electrode assembly in the reverse
12.B.3 Main OmniTherm Controller order, replacing the gasket if necessary.
Each unit has an integrated controller that incorporates
manual reset high limit control, operating temperature
control, ignition control, outdoor reset control, pump CAUTION
control and many other features. If any of these features
The igniters and sensors can become very hot. If
are thought to be defective, please consult the factory
you touch these parts accidentally, this can cause
for proper troubleshooting practices before replacing a
burns or injury.
control.
If it is necessary to replace a controller, turn off all power
to the unit and shut off all manual gas valves to the
unit. Open the front doors to the unit. Remove all wire 12.B.6 Blower
connections from the control board. The control board The combustion air blower is a high pressure centrifugal
connections are keyed to only allow connection in the blower with a variable speed motor. The blower is driven by
proper location, but proper handling techniques should the control system using a PWM signal.
be used to avoid damage to the wiring or connectors. If it is necessary to service, remove or replace the blower,
To remove the control, press the mounting tab on each the Main Power MUST be disconnected and the main
standoff while gently pulling the control board forward. gas supply to the unit must be turned off. Remove the
Repeat this process for all standoffs and then remove doors. Remove the top and side jacket panels. Remove
the control. To replace the control repeat the steps listed the fasteners holding the fuel/air mixer to the blower inlet.
above in the reverse order making sure to connect all Remove the hardware that is connecting the blower outlet
wires in the proper locations. Place the unit in operation to the unit’s adapter plate. If the blower is determined to be
following the steps outlined in SECTION 11. defective, replace the existing blower with a new one and
assemble in the reverse order. Be sure to install all of the
required gaskets and O-rings between the blower adapter
12.B.4 Valve Control / Display plate and air/fuel mixer.
Each unit has a valve control display that is used to
adjust all operating parameters of the gas valve and
combustion characteristics of the unit. If it is necessary 12.B.7 Heat Exchanger Tubes
to replace the display turn all power off to the unit. Black carbon soot build-up on the external surfaces
Remove the wire connector from the back of the display. of the heat exchanger is caused by one or more of
Do NOT remove the individual wires from the connector. the following: incomplete combustion, combustion air
Remove the 4 mounting screws holding the display to problems, venting problems or heater short-cycling.
the mounting bracket. To replace the display, repeat the Soot buildup or other debris on the heat exchanger may
steps above in the reverse order. The wiring connector restrict the flue passages.
is keyed, so proper alignment and orientation is required
when installing the wiring connector. Turn the power to
CAUTION
the unit back on and confirm proper display operation.
Black carbon soot buildup on a dirty heat exchanger
can be ignited by a random spark or flame. To
12.B.5 Spark Ignition & Flame Sensors prevent this from happening, dampen the soot
Electrodes deposits with a wet brush or fine water spray before
The spark ignition and flame sensor electrode is a servicing the heat exchanger.
three rod assembly. The ground rod is fastened to the
mounting bracket. The spark and sensor electrodes
The OMNITHERM Page 119

If black carbon soot buildup on the heat exchanger is 12.B.8 Gas Pressure Switches
suspected, disconnect the electrical supply to the unit The high and low pressure gas switches are manual
and turn off the gas supply by closing the manual gas reset switches that act to cut power to the interlock
valve on the unit. Access the heat exchanger through the circuit if the gas pressure is too low or too high for proper
heat exchanger shrouds. Removal of the outer baffles operation. There is a manual reset on both.
may be required for proper inspection. Use a flashlight. If
there is a buildup of black carbon soot or other debris on
the heat exchanger, clean per the following:
1. Shut off the main power supply to the boiler.
2. Turn off all manual gas valves connecting the boiler to
the main gas supply line.
3. Remove the blower assembly and burner from the The gas pressure switches used are integrally vent
heat exchanger. limited and do not require venting to atmosphere. To
4. Disconnect the condensate drain line. remove a switch, remove the screw on the plastic
housing and pull the clear cover off. Disconnect the three
5. Attach a longer hose to the drain and run it to a
(3) wires from the screw terminals. Twist the switch off
bucket.
the pipe nipple. Reassemble in reverse order.
6. Clean the heat exchanger by brushing away any Set the low pressure gas switch to 3” w.c.
light accumulations of soot and debris. Use a non Set the high pressure gas switch to 15”w.c.”
metallic brush with soft bristles to avoid damaging the
surfaces of the heat exchanger tubes.
7. Once the tubes have been brushed clean, rinse the
tubes and combustion chamber with a small amount
of water to rinse all of the debris out of the bottom of
the flue collector and into the longer condensate trap
line which is being diverted into a separate container.

WARNING
Failure to rinse the debris from the heat exchanger
and temporary drain line may lead to clogged
condensate lines, traps and neutralizers.
Condensate pumps (if used) may also be damaged
from the debris left behind, possibly causing property
damage.

8. To place the unit back in operation, install all removed


components in the reverse order. Be sure all gaskets
are in place as the components are installed. Replace
any damaged gaskets. Do not reuse damaged
gaskets.
9. Place the unit into operation, checking all gas
connections for leaks. Confirm all fasteners are tight.
Page 120 LAARS Heating Systems

SECTION 13 Troubleshooting
13.A Error Codes
Condition Information Corrective Action
Flow Switch • Insufficient flow at the outlet of the • Faulty boiler/heater pump –
boiler/heater replace pump.
• Auto-reset Condition • Faulty pump contactor – replace
• Annunciation – “Warning Flow contactor.
switch open” on Message Screen • Blown boiler/heater pump fuse –
replace fuse F14 on the control
board.
Low Water • Insufficient water level in the • Reset the LWCO from the reset
Cut Off boiler/heater heat exchanger. button on the LWCO module.
• Manual-reset Condition • Verify the system is full of water
• Annunciation – on Navigation Bar and all air has been purged from
the system.
Lockout: Low Water Cut Off
• Check for loose jumpers if the
LWCO is not installed.
Manual • Outlet water temperature has • Verify the system is full of water
Reset High exceeded the manual reset high and all air has been purged from
Limit limit setting the system.
• Manual-reset Condition • Verify the boiler/heater is piped
• Annunciation – on Navigation Bar properly into the heating system.
• Check for proper pump
Lockout: Man Reset High Limit
operations.
• Check the manual reset high
limit set point.
Auto Reset • Outlet water temperature has • Verify the system is full of water
High Limit exceeded the auto reset high limit and all air has been purged from
setting the system.
• Auto-reset Condition • Verify the boiler/heater is piped
• Annunciation – “Warning High limit properly into the heating system.
auto error” on Message Screen • Check for proper pump
operations.
• Check the manual reset high
limit set point.
Gas Valve • SV2 Gas Valve Lockout refer to gas • Refer to Gas valve Diagnostic
Lockout valve display for detailed diagnostic menu active lockouts for detailed
information troubleshooting information.
• Annunciation – on Navigation Bar
Lockout: Open Safety Chain
• Annunciation – “Safety Chain open
SV2 Valve ILK” on Message Screen
Boiler
High Gas • The high gas pressure switch has • Refer to Section 3 for Gas
Pressure tripped Supply and Piping information.
• Manual-reset Condition • Verify supply and manifold gas
• Annunciation – on Navigation Bar pressures satisfy installation
requirements.
Lockout: High Gas Pressure
Low Gas • The low gas pressure switch has • Refer to Section 3 for Gas
Pressure tripped Supply and Piping information.
• Manual-reset Condition
• Annunciation – on Navigation Bar
The OMNITHERM Page 121

Condition Information Corrective Action


Lockout: Low Gas Pressure • Verify supply and manifold gas
pressures satisfy installation
requirements.
Condensate • Condensate trap water level is high • Check condensate trap for
Level • Auto-reset Condition proper drainage
• Annunciation – “Warning • Check condensate trap for stuck
Condensate level” on Message level switch
screen
Outlet • Outlet probe is not connected • Check the sensor and wiring.
Sensor • Manual-reset Condition Repair or replace as needed.
• Annunciation – on Navigation Bar • The outlet probe is a dual
element probe with 10K and 20K
Lockout: Outlet Probe
thermistors. A quick test is to
measure resistance and verify
one resistance is double the
other. Replace if necessary.
• Measure the resistance of each
element of the sensor and
compare to the resistance table
below. Replace if necessary.

10K 20K
Temp Resistance Resistance
(°F) (Ω) (Ω)
68 12555 25099
86 8025 16057
104 5279 10569
122 3563 7139
140 2463 4937
158 1739 3489
176 1253 2514
194 919 1845
212 685 1376
Outlet • Dual element sensor readings do • Check the sensor and wiring.
Sensor Drift not agree. Repair or replace as needed.
• Manual-reset Condition • The outlet probe is a dual element
probe with 10K and 20K
• Annunciation – on Navigation Bar
thermistors. A quick test is to
Lockout: Outlet Probe Drift measure resistance and verify one
resistance is double the other.
Replace if necessary.
• Measure the resistance of each
element of the sensor and compare
to the resistance table below.
Replace if necessary.

10K 20K
Temp Resistance Resistance
(°F) (Ω) (Ω)
68 12555 25099
86 8025 16057
104 5279 10569
Page 122 LAARS Heating Systems

Error Codes (continued)


Condition Information Corrective Action
122 3563 7139
140 2463 4937
158 1739 3489
176 1253 2514
194 919 1845
212 685 1376
Inlet Sensor • Inlet sensor is damaged or not • Check the sensor and wiring.
connected. Repair or replace as needed.
• Manual-reset condition • Measure the resistance of the
• Annunciation – on Navigation Bar sensor and compare to the
resistance table below. Replace
Lockout: Inlet Probe
if necessary.

Temp Temp Resistance


(°F) (°C) (Ω)
68 20 12555
86 30 8025
104 40 5279
122 50 3563
140 60 2463
158 70 1739
176 80 1253
194 90 919
212 100 685
Burner • Sensing flame on burner prior to • Inspect flame and wiring for
Parasitic ignition. damage and continuity. Replace
Flame • Manual-reset Condition if necessary.
• Annunciation – on Navigation Bar
Lockout: Burner Parasitic Flame
Burner Max • The maximum attempts for ignition • Verify supply and manifold gas
Trials has occurred, without sensing pressures satisfy installation
flame. requirements.
• Manual-reset Condition • Verify the proper intake and
• Annunciation – on Navigation Bar venting.
• Inspect the burner.
Lockout: Burner Max Trials
• Check pilot and main valve
wiring and operation.
• Check ignition transformer
electrode, flame detector wiring
and position.
Additional • Outlet water temperature has • Verify the system is full of water
High Limit exceeded the additional high limit and all air has been purged from
setting the system.
• Auto-reset Condition • Verify the boiler/heater is piped
• Annunciation – “Warning Additional properly into the heating system.
high limit” on Message Screen • Check for proper pump
operations.
• Check the additional high limit
set point.
The OMNITHERM Page 123

Condition Information Corrective Action


Stack • Stack sensor disconnected • Check the sensor and wiring.
Sensor • Stack sensor wiring bad Repair or replace as needed.
• Thermistor elements bad • The stack probe is a dual
element probe with 100K
thermistors. Measure the
Lockout: Stack Sensor Drift
resistance of each element
of the sensor and compare
Lockout: Stack Sensor Probe to the resistance table below.
Replace if necessary.
Temp Temp Resistance
(°F) (°C) (Ω)
32 0 334000
50 10 201660
68 20 125500
77 25 100000
86 30 80220
104 40 52590
122 50 35270
140 60 24160
158 70 16870
176 80 12000
194 90 8674
212 100 6369
248 120 3581
284 140 2117
320 160 1307
356 180 839
392 200 558
428 220 382
464 240 269
500 260 194
536 280 143
Flow Switch • Auto reset condition • Verify the system is full of water
• Annunciation – “Flow switch error” and all air has been purged from
on Message Screen the system.
• Verify the boiler/heater is piped
properly into the heating system.
• Check to see if the pump is on
and rotating in the proper
direction.
• Confirm all ball valves are open
• Check wiring to the flow switch
• Check flow switch operation to
confirm paddle movement and
switch operation.
Page 124 LAARS Heating Systems
Fault Fault Fault Description Detailed Description Remediation Steps Comments
13.B
Category SV2
NumberFault Codes

Data Error 23 EEPROM corrupt Main electronics EEPROM is corrupted. 1.) Reset valve and burner management system then cycle power.
2.) If fault persists replace main electronics.
3.) Recommission all valve parameters.

Data Error 24 EEPROM lockout code Main electronics EEPROM lockout code storage value 1.) Reset valve and burner management system then cycle power.
mis-match incorrect. 2.) If fault persists replace main electronics.
Data Error 48 Valve body parameter Valve body parameters not defined in electronics memory. Set valve body parameters by accessing the valve guided setup screens.
missing This may occur when the valve main electronics have been
replaced in the field.

Fuel/Air 18 Air flow sensor (S1) out The airflow sensor signal is/was outside the sensor 1.) Reset valve and burner management system.
of range measuring range (-8000 to 8000). 2.) If fault persists, replace Fuel/Air Module.
3.) Reset valve and burner management system.
4.) Accept new Fuel/Air Ratio Module on the FARMOD tab in the Setup & Tests menu of user interface.
5.).Recommission partially or fully as desired.

Fuel/Air 25 FARMOD communication The bus communication between the Fuel/Air Module and Remove power and shut-off gas supply.
fault the valves electronics was/is interrupted. 1.) Remove valve front electrical enclosure and inspect Fuel/Air module wiring connections for wire
engagement, seating, pin engagement and cleanliness.
2.) Replace cover and reset valve and burner management system when corrected.
3.) Check for a nearby source of strong electro-magnetic interference. Reset valve and burner
management system when corrected.
4.) If fault persists, replace Fuel/Air module.
5.) Reset valve and burner management system.
6.) Accept new Fuel/Air Ratio Module on the FARMOD tab in the Setup & Tests menu of user interface.
7.).Recommission partially or fully as desired.

Fuel/Air 26 Air flow sensor (S1) The air flow sensor returns a fixed value to the valve 1.) Replace Fuel/Air Module.
frozen electronics. During normal operation the signal is fluctuating. 2.) Reset valve and burner management system.
The missing fluctuation of the signal indicates an fault in the 3.) Accept new Fuel/Air Ratio Module on the FARMOD tab in the Setup & Tests menu of user interface.
sensor. 4.). Recommission partially or fully as desired.

Fuel/Air 27 FARMOD flow sensor The Fuel/Air flow sensor returns a fixed value to the valve 1.) Replace Fuel/Air Module.
(S2a) frozen electronics. During normal operation the signal is fluctuating. 2.) Reset valve and burner management system.
The missing fluctuation of the signal indicates an fault in the 3.) Accept new Fuel/Air Ratio Module on the FARMOD tab in the Setup & Tests menu of user interface.
sensor. 4.).Recommission partially or fully as desired.

Fuel/Air 28 FARMOD flow sensor The S2a airflow sensor signal is/was outside the sensor 1.) Reset valve and burner management system.
(S2a) out of range measuring range (-8000 to 8000). 2.) If fault persists, replace Fuel/Air Module
3.) Reset valve and burner management system.
4.) Accept new Fuel/Air Ratio Module on the FARMOD tab in the Setup & Tests menu of user interface.
5.).Recommission partially or fully as desired.

Fuel/Air 30 FARMOD control valve The stepper motor position has reached zero position during Fault indicates gas supply pressure is too high and minimum load is too low.
has reached its lower run mode. This can happen if the inlet pressure is relatively 1.) Check gas supply pressure to appliance.
limit high for the requested minimum gas volume. 2.) Check Fuel/Air Module signal connections for proper engagement.
3.) Reset valve and burner management system, monitoring for proper operation.
Lower the gas inlet pressure to SV2 Series valve or increase 4.) If fault persists, replace Fuel/Air Module.
Fault Fault Fault Description minimumDescription
Detailed capacity. Practically, the stepper motor position 5.) Accept newSteps
Remediation Fuel/Air Ratio Module on the FARMOD tab in the Setup & Tests menu of user interface. Comments
Category Number should be above 80 steps for the 1.5in and 2in valves and 6.) Recommission partially or fully as desired.
above 50 steps for the 1in valve. Below these values the gas 7.) Reset valve and burner management system, monitoring for proper operation.
Fuel/Air 31 FARMOD control valve flow Fuel/Air
The will change very
Ratio little with
stepper changing
motor positionmotor position.
has reached 8.)this
If If fault persists,
occurs withreplace
fault 34valve and re-commission.
(FARMOD target (S2b) not reached), its an indication the gas supply
has reached its upper maximum open position during run mode. This can happen if pressure is too low and the maximum load is too high.
limit the inlet pressure is relatively low for the requested 1.) Check gas supply pressure to appliance.
maximum gas volume. 2.) Check Fuel/Air Module signal connections for proper engagement.
3.) Reset valve and burner management system, monitoring for proper operation.
Increase the gas inlet pressure to SV2 Series valve or 4.) If fault persists, replace Fuel/Air Ratio Module.
decrease maximum capacity. Practically, the stepper motor 5.) Accept new Fuel/Air Ratio Module on the FARMOD tab in the Setup & Tests menu of user interface.
position should be below 1100 steps for the 1.5in and 2in 6.) Recommission
Page 1 of 13partially or fully as desired.
(DN40-50) valves and below 550 steps for the 1in (DN25) 7.) Reset valve and burner management system, monitoring for proper operation.
valve. Above these values the gas flow will change very little 8.) If fault persists, replace valve and re-commission.
with changing motor position.

Fuel/Air 32 FARMOD sensor - drift of The safety check on the Fuel/Air Ratio Module sensor 1.) Check Fuel/Air Module reference signal connection for proper engagement.
flow sensors signals has failed. If this fault occurs shortly after 2.) Reset valve and burner management system, monitoring for proper operation.
commissioning adding points to the correction curve of 4 3.) If fault persists, replace Fuel/Air Module.
points or recommissioning the 4 points can help to improve 4.) Reset valve and burner management system.
the performance of the safety check. 5.) Accept new Fuel/Air Ratio Module on the FARMOD tab in the Setup & Tests menu of user interface.
6.) Recommission partially or fully as desired.
7.) Reset valve and burner management system, monitoring for proper operation.

Fuel/Air 33 FARMOD mismatch The Fuel/Air Module has been replaced by a used Fuel/Air 1.) Accept new Fuel/Air Ratio Module on the FARMOD tab in the Setup & Tests menu of user interface.
Module that already contains commissioning data. Any data in the attached FARMOD will be over-written by data from the valve main electronics.
2.) Recommission partially or fully as desired.
NOTE: If this FARMOD is Accepted and used, any
existing data in it will be over-written with the Base
Curve and stepper motor full stroke data from valve.
The Correction Curve and Ign. Air Level will be erased
and must be re-commissioned.

Fuel/Air 34 FARMOD target (S2b) The Fuel/Air Ratio controlled gas pressure was not within If this occurs with fault 38 (FARMOD target (S2a) not reached), it is an indication the gas supply
not reached the control setpoint window within the specified time of 30 pressure is too low.
seconds. Lower the modulation speed of the 1.) Check gas supply pressure to appliance.
appliance/burner to avoid this fault. 2.) Check Fuel/Air Module signal connections for proper engagement.
3.) Reset valve and burner management system, monitoring for proper operation.
This fault can occur independently or in combination with 4.) Check/lower appliance/burner modulation speed (by decreasing fan control P factor or limiting its RPM
fault 38. change per time unit)
5.) If fault persists, replace Fuel/Air Ratio Module
6) Accept new Fuel/Air Ratio Module on the FARMOD tab in the Setup & Tests menu of user interface.
7.) Recommission partially or fully as desired.
8.) Reset valve and burner management system, monitoring for proper operation.
8.) If fault persists, replace valve and re-commission.

Fuel/Air 35 FARMOD rough target The Fuel/Air Ratio controlled gas pressure was not within If this fault occurs with fault 70 (FARMOD rough target (S2a) not reached), it is an indication the
(S2b) not reached the control setpoint rough window within the specified time of modulation speed is too high.
10 seconds. Lower the modulation speed of the 1.) Check gas supply pressure to appliance.
appliance/burner to avoid this fault. 2.) Check Fuel/Air Module signal connections for proper engagement.
3.) Reset valve and burner management system, monitoring for proper operation.
This fault can occur independently or in combination with 4.) Check/lower appliance/burner modulation speed (by decreasing fan control P factor or limiting its RPM
fault 70. change per time unit)
5.) If fault persists, replace Fuel/Air Module.
6.) Accept new Fuel/Air Ratio Module on the FARMOD tab in the Setup & Tests menu of user interface.
7.) Recommission partially or fully as desired.
8.) Reset valve and burner management system, monitoring for proper operation.
9.) If fault persists, replace valve and re-commission.
The OMNITHERM Page 125
Fault Fault Fault Description Detailed Description Remediation Steps Comments
Category Number

Fuel/Air 38 FARMOD target (S2a) The Fuel/Air Ratio redundant gas pressure signal was not If this fault occurs directly after commissioning:
not reached within the control setpoint window within the specified time of 1.) Recommission the 4 points of the correction curve and/or add additional points to the correction curve.
30 seconds.
If the fault persists or if it occurs in combination with fault 34 (FARMOD target (S2b) not reached),
This fault can occur independently or in combination with it indicates low gas supply pressure for the asked capacity.
fault 34. 1.) Check gas supply pressure to appliance.
2.) Check Fuel/Air Module signal connections for proper engagement..
3.) Reset valve and burner management system, monitoring for proper operation.
4.) If fault persists, replace Fuel/Air Module.
5.) Accept new Fuel/Air Ratio Module on the FARMOD tab in the Setup & Tests menu of user interface.
6.) Recommission partially or fully as desired.
7.) Reset valve and burner management system, monitoring for proper operation.

If this fault occurs independently, the Fuel/Air Module is corrupt:


1.) Replace Fuel/Air Module.
2.) Accept new Fuel/Air Module on the FARMOD tab in the Setup & Tests menu.
3.) Recommission partially or fully as desired.
4.) Reset valve and burner management system, monitoring for proper operation.

If fault persists, replace valve and re-commission.

Fuel/Air 39 FARMOD EEPROM Fuel/Air Module has separate storage which is does not 1.) Check the electrical connection of main and Fuel/Air modules.
communication respond to read request. Storage contains module-specific 2.) Reset the valve and the burner management system.
calibration data essential for correct device operation. This 3.) If fault persists replace Fuel/Air Ratio module.
can be caused by incorrect wiring or Fuel/Air Module 4.) Accept new Fuel/Air Ratio Module on the FARMOD tab in the Setup & Tests menu of user interface.
damage. 5.).Recommission partially or fully as desired.

Fuel/Air 42 FARMOD S1 pre-ignition The S1 pre-ignition air level is below or above the Recorded If ignition load has changed:
air level Ign. Air Level by the threshold values. 1.) Recommission light off sequence.
2.) If fault persists, perform steps below.
The S1 pre-ignition threshold values are programmed as X%
below and Y% above the Recorded Ign. Air Level on the If ignition fan speed change is known/suspected:
OEM Setup screen. 1.) Check that air duct is clear free of any foreign bodies and pollution.
X%=S1 pre-ignition lower threshold. Default=80%. 2.) Check that blower is running at a proper rate.
Y%=S1 pre-ignition upper threshold. Default=120%. 3.) Check Fuel/Air Module signal connections for proper engagement.
4.) Reset valve and burner management system.
This can be caused by a change in ignition load, change in 5.) If fault persists, recommission light off sequence. Record new pre-ignition air proving values by
ignition fan speed, wind attack or blockage of the appliance checking the Record Ign. Air Level box on the Ignition Setup page once system is stabilized.
air supply. 6.) If fault persists, replace Fuel/Air Ratio Module.
7.) Accept new Fuel/Air Ratio Module on the FARMOD tab in the Setup & Tests menu of user interface.
Fault Fault Fault Description Detailed Description 8.).Recommission
Remediation Steps partially or fully as desired. Comments
Category Number 9.) If fault persists, replace valve and re-commission.

Fuel/Air 43 FARMOD light-off S2a The Fuel/Air Ratio Module S2a value was outside the When combined with fault 42 and/or 44 its an indication the fan speed is wrong or there are flue
level commissioned window. system issues.
High values=fan speed wrong or flue disconnected
This can be caused by a change in ignition load or ignition Low values=fan speed too low, HX blocked or flue blocked
fan speed. 1.) Check that air duct is clear free of any foreign bodies and pollution.
2.) Check that blower is running at a proper rate.
3.) Check Fuel/Air Module signal connections for proper engagement.
4.) Reset valve and burner management system.
5.) If fault persists, recommission light off sequence. Record new pre-ignition air proving values by
checking the Record Ign. Air Level box on the Ignition Setup page once system is stabilized.
6.) If fault persists, replace Fuel/Air Module.
7.) Accept new Fuel/Air Ratio Module on the FARMOD tab in the Setup & Tests menu of user interface.
8.).Recommission partially or fully as desired.
9.) If fault persists, replace valve.

If fault appears independently, the likely cause is a corrupt S2a sensor inside the FARMOD.
1.) Reset valve and burner management system.
Page
2.) If fault 3 of 13 replace Fuel/Air Ratio Module.
persists,
3.) Accept new Fuel/Air Ratio Module on the FARMOD tab in the Setup & Tests menu of user interface.
4.).Recommission partially or fully as desired.
5.) If fault persists, replace valve and re-commission.

Fuel/Air 44 FARMOD light-off S2b The Fuel/Air Ratio Module S2b value was outside the When combined with fault 42 and/or 44 its an indication the fan speed is wrong or there are flue
level commissioned window. system issues.
High values=fan speed wrong or flue disconnected.
This can be caused by a change in ignition load or ignition Low values=fan speed too low, HX blocked or flue blocked.
fan speed. 1.) Check that air duct is clear free of any foreign bodies and pollution.
2.) Check that blower is running at a proper rate.
3.) Check Fuel/Air Module signal connections for proper engagement.
4.) Reset valve and burner management system.
5.) If fault persists, recommission light off sequence. Record new pre-ignition air proving values by
checking the Record Ign. Air Level box on the Ignition Setup page once system is stabilized.
6.) If fault persists, replace Fuel/Air Ratio Module.
7.) Accept new Fuel/Air Ratio Module on the FARMOD tab in the Setup & Tests menu of user interface.
8.).Recommission partially or fully as desired.
9.) If fault persists, replace valve.

If fault appears independently, the likely cause is a corrupt S2b sensor inside the FARMOD.
1.) Reset valve and burner management system.
2.) If fault persists, replace Fuel/Air Module.
3.) Accept new Fuel/Air Ratio Module on the FARMOD tab in the Setup & Tests menu of user interface.
4.).Recommission partially or fully as desired.
5.) If fault persists, replace valve and re-commission.

Fuel/Air 45 FARMOD EEPROM The factory stored data inside the Fuel/Air Module is 1.) Replace Fuel/Air Ratio Module.
factory data corrupted corrupted, contact your OEM for advice. 2.) Accept new Fuel/Air Ratio Module on the FARMOD tab in the Setup & Tests menu of user interface.
3.).Recommission partially or fully as desired.
4.) Reset valve and burner management system.

Fuel/Air 50 Fuel/Air Correction Curve This fault is ignored when the Installer or OEM are logged Commission the Fuel/Air curve, ensuring the maximum firing rate is entered.
Max not defined into the valve.

If the curve maximum was not defined during commissioning


and commissioning mode is exited, the valve will lockout on
this fault.

Page 4 of 13
Page 126 LAARS Heating Systems
Fault Fault Fault Description Detailed Description Remediation Steps Comments
SV2 Fault Codes (continued)
Category Number

Fuel/Air 52 Fuel/Air Correction Curve This fault is ignored when the Installer or OEM are logged Commission the Fuel/Air curve, ensuring the minimum firing rate is entered.
Min not defined into the valve.

If the curve minimum was not defined during commissioning


and commissioning mode is exited, the valve will lockout on
this fault.

Fuel/Air 54 Fuel/Air motor driver Fuel/Air stepper motor fault signal is active due to possible 1.) Remove power from valve and allow fuel/air stepper motor to cool down for a minimum of 5 minutes in
overheat or electrical short. case of an overheat situation.
2.) Reset valve and burner management system, observing valve / burner operation.
Remove power and shut-off gas supply as necessary.
3.) Remove valve front electrical enclosure and verify the stepper motor terminating connector is fully
inserted in the socket labeled 'MOTOR' in the electrical enclosure. Replace electrical enclosure.
5.) Reset valve and burner management system, observing valve / burner operation.
6.) If fault persists, replace valve main electronics.
7.) If fault persists, replace valve and re-commission.

Fuel/Air 55 Fuel/Air Control Valve Fuel/Air Control valve is stuck. This means that gas Remove power and shut-off gas supply.
regulation does not work correctly. 1.) Remove valve front electrical enclosure and inspect Motor connection for wire engagement, seating,
pin engagement and cleanliness. Correct any errors. Replace electrical enclosure.
2.) Verify ambient temperature meets valve specifications.
3.) Restore power and gas supply. Reset valve and burner management system, monitoring for proper
operation.
4.) If fault persists, replace valve and re-commission.
5.) If fault persists, replace valve electronics.

Fuel/Air 56 FARMOD fuel sensor is The Fuel/Air Ratio Module flow sensor returns a fixed value 1.) Replace Fuel/Air Module.
stuck to the valve electronics. During normal operation the signal 2.) Reset valve and burner management system.
is fluctuating. The missing fluctuation of the signal indicates 3.) Accept new Fuel/Air Ratio Module on the FARMOD tab in the Setup & Tests menu of user interface.
a fault in the sensor. 4.). Recommission partially or fully as desired.

Fuel/Air 60 FARMOD light-off not No values were recorded for the Fuel/Air Ratio pre-ignition 1.) Commission the light-off sequence by logging in as OEM or Installer. Record new pre-ignition air
commissioned air proving values. proving values by checking the Record Ign. Air Level box on the Ignition Setup page once system is
stabilized.
This fault is ignored during commissioning if the Record Ign. 2.) Reset valve and burner management system.
Air Level box is checked on the Ignition Setup screen.

Fuel/Air 61 Burner load maximum During curve commissioning, the S1 threshold is hard-coded 1.) Check that air duct is clear free of any foreign bodies and pollution.
threshold at 6000. If S1 rises above 6000, this fault occurs, but does 2.) Check that blower is running at a proper rate.
not cause a lockout. 3.) Check Fuel/Air Module signal connections for proper engagement.
4.) Reset valve and burner management system.
During normal run mode, the S1 threshold is programmed 5.) Recommission Fuel/Air curve.
as Y (or at least 25 counts) above the S1 maximum 6.) If fault persists, replace Fuel/Air Module.
commissioned Installer Correction Curve value. 7.) Reset valve and burner management system.
8.) Accept new Fuel/Air Ratio Module on the FARMOD tab in the Setup & Tests menu of user interface.
Y is programmed in the OEM Setup parameters via the S1 9.) Recommission partially or fully as desired.
Fault Fault Fault Description Detailed Description
maximum threshold (%) parameter. The default is 120%. Remediation
10.) Reset valveSteps
and burner management system, monitoring for proper operation. Comments
Category Number

Fuel/Air 70 FARMOD rough target The Fuel/Air Ratio Module redundant gas pressure signal If this fault occurs directly after commissioning:
(S2a) not reached was not within the control setpoint rough window within the 1.) Recommission the 4 points of the correction curve and/or add additional points to the correction curve.
specified time of 10 seconds.
If the fault persists or if it occurs with fault 35 (FARMOD rough target (S2a) not reached), it is an
This fault can occur independently or in combination with indication the modulation speed is too high.
fault 35. 1.) Check gas supply pressure to appliance.
2.) Check Fuel/Air Module signal connections for proper engagement.
3.) Reset valve and burner management system,
4.) Check/lower appliance/burner modulation speed (by decreasing fan control P factor or limiting its RPM
change per time unit).
5.) If fault persists, replace Fuel/Air Module.
6.) Accept new Fuel/Air Ratio Module on the FARMOD tab in the Setup & Tests menu of user interface.
Page 5 of 13
7.) Recommission partially or fully as desired.
8.) Reset valve and burner management system, monitoring for proper operation.
9.) If fault persists, replace valve and re-commission.

Fuel/Air 71 FARMOD EEPROM Fuel/Air Ratio Module EEPROM image revision does not 1.) Replace Fuel/Air Ratio Module with a correct version.
image revision match valve firmware. 2.) Accept new Fuel/Air Ratio Module on the FARMOD tab in the Setup & Tests menu of user interface.
3.) Recommission partially or fully as desired.

Fuel/Air 72 Motor connection Stepper motor is not connected, or motor current is outside 1.) Check the stepper motor and valve main electronics board connection.
its specified range. 2.) Reset the valve and the burner management system, monitoring for proper operation.
3.) If fault persists, replace valve main electronics board. Perform Valve Production Cloning procedure
first, accessed via Setup & Tests menu.
4.) If fault persists replace the valve and re-commission.

Fuel/Air 73 FARMOD EEPROM write Fuel/Air Ratio Module EEPROM write error has occurred 1.) Reset the valve, monitoring for proper operation
unexpectedly. 2.) If fault persists replace Fuel/Air Ratio Module.
3.) Accept new Fuel/Air Ratio Module on the FARMOD tab in the Setup & Tests menu of user interface..
4.).Recommission partially or fully as desired.

Fuel/Air 79 FCV Failure Fuel Control Valve has failed to calibrate. Remove power and shut-off gas supply.
1.) Remove valve front electrical enclosure and inspect Motor connection for wire engagement, seating,
pin engagement and cleanliness. Correct any errors. Replace electrical enclosure.
2.) Restore power and gas supply.
3.) Reset valve and burner management system, monitoring for proper operation.
4.) If fault persists, replace valve and re-commission.
Fuel/Air 83 FARMOD flow sensor Fuel/Air Ratio Module flow S2b sensor value out of range 1.) Reset valve and burner management system, monitoring for proper operation.
(S2b) out of range 2.) Check system filter for clogging and replace as necessary.
3.) If fault persists, replace Fuel/Air Ratio Module.
4.) Reset valve and burner management system.
5.) Accept new Fuel/Air Ratio Module on the FARMOD tab in the Setup & Tests menu of user interface.
6.). Recommission partially or fully as desired.

Fuel/Air 84 FARMOD EEPROM Fuel/Air Ratio Module EEPROM (commissioning) data 1.) Attempt a complete Fuel/Air valve commissioning.
(commissioning) data corrupted 2.) If fault persists, replace Fuel/Air Module.
corrupted 3.) Reset valve and burner management system.
4.) Accept new Fuel/Air Ratio Module on the FARMOD tab in the Setup & Tests menu of user interface.
5.) Recommission partially or fully as desired.
6.) Reset valve and burner management system, monitoring for proper operation.

Fuel/Air 86 FARMOD Factory Fuel/Air Ratio Module does not contain valid factory 1.) Replace Fuel/Air Ratio Module.
Calibration data invalid calibration data. 2.) Accept new Fuel/Air Ratio Module on the FARMOD tab in the Setup & Tests menu of user interface.
3.) Recommission partially or fully as desired.
4.) Reset valve and burner management system, monitoring for proper operation.

Fuel/Air 88 Control Valve Full Stroke The full stroke of the control valve is not defined. Replace the valve and re-commission.
Undefined
Page 6 of 13
The OMNITHERM Page 127
Fault Fault Fault Description Detailed Description Remediation Steps Comments
Category Number

Fuel/Air 89 Control Valve Full Stroke The recorded full stroke of the control valve does not match Replace the valve and re-commission.
Mismatch valve size.

Fuel/Air 91 Fuel/Air Base Curve Min Fuel/Air Ratio base curve minimum value has not been Commission or load the base fuel/air curve, ensuring the minimum firing rate is entered.
not defined defined. In installer mode this fault is ignored.

Fuel/Air 92 Fuel/Air Base Curve Max Fuel/Air Ratio base curve maximum value has not been Commission or load the base fuel/air curve, ensuring the maximum firing rate is entered.
not defined defined. In installer mode this fault is ignored.

Fuel/Air 93 Fuel/Air Base Curve not Fuel/Air Ratio base curve initial amplification setting/value Commission or load the base fuel/air curve.
commissioned has not been defined. Enter a value for the initial
amplification of the base curve and reset the valve in in OEM
commissioning mode.

Fuel/Air 94 Burner load minimum During curve commissioning, the S1 threshold is hard-coded 1.) Check that air duct is clear free of any foreign bodies and pollution.
threshold at 200. If S1 falls below 200, this fault occurs, but does not 2.) Check that blower is running at a proper rate.
cause a lockout. 3.) Check Fuel/Air Module signal connections for proper engagement.
4.) Reset valve and burner management system.
During normal run mode, the S1 threshold is programmed 5.) Recommission Fuel/Air curve.
as X (or at least 25 counts) below the S1 minimum 6.) If fault persists, replace Fuel/Air Module.
commissioned Installer Correction Curve value. 7.) Reset valve and burner management system.
8.) Accept new Fuel/Air Ratio Module on the FARMOD tab in the Setup & Tests menu of user interface.
X is programmed in the OEM Setup parameters via the S1 9.) Recommission partially or fully as desired.
minimum threshold (%) parameter. The default is 80%. 10.) Reset valve and burner management system, monitoring for proper operation.

NOTE: During subsequent start attempts, if the pre-purge


air level is outside the commissioned window, the valve will
lockout on fault 42.

Fuel/Air 103 New FARMOD detected New Fuel/Air Ratio Module detected, which has to be 1.) Accept new Fuel/Air Ratio Module on the FARMOD tab in the Setup & Tests menu of user interface.
accepted and programmed before use. 2.) Recommission partially or fully as desired.
3.) Reset valve and burner management system, monitoring for proper operation.

Fuel/Air 106 S1 raw count low During valve operation with MV1 and MV2 opened, the S1 1.) Check that air duct is clear free of any foreign bodies and pollution.
value dropped below -100 raw counts for longer than 2 2.) Check that blower is running at a proper rate.
seconds. 3.) Check air signal tube for kinks or blockages.
A soft lockout was caused and both valves were closed. The 4.) Check Fuel/Air Ratio Module signal connections for proper engagement.
fault will automatically resolve when the s1 air value is higher 5.) Reset valve and burner management system.
than -100. 6.) If fault persists, replace Fuel/Air Ratio Module.
7.) Accept new Fuel/Air Ratio Module on the FARMOD tab in the Setup & Tests menu of user interface.
8.).Recommission partially or fully as desired.

Fuel/Air 107 S1 raw count low During valve idle mode with MV1 and MV2 closed, the S1 1.) Check that air duct is clear free of any foreign bodies and pollution.
value dropped below -200 raw counts for longer than 6 2.) Check that blower is running at a proper rate.
seconds. 3.) Check air signal tube for kinks or blockages.
A soft lockout was caused and both valves were closed. The 4.) Check Fuel/Air Ratio Module signal connections for proper engagement.
fault will automatically resolve when the s1 air value is higher 5.) Reset valve and burner management system.
than -200. 6.) If fault persists, replace FARMOD.
7.) Accept new Fuel/Air Ratio Module on the FARMOD tab in the Setup & Tests menu of user interface.
8.).Recommission partially or fully as desired.

ILK 9 Valve Interlock Out (ILK Valve ILK OUT terminal signal is not valid. Frequency or Remove power and shut-off gas supply as necessary.
OUT) signal fault duty is out of expected range. 1.) Remove valve front electrical enclosure and inspect ILK OUT and ILK IN wiring connections for wire
engagement, seating, pin engagement and cleanliness.
2.) Replace cover and restore power and gas. Reset valve and burner management system, monitoring
for proper operation in conjunction with burner management system inputs.
Fault Fault Fault Description Detailed Description Remediation
3.) Measure ILK Steps
voltage for proper tolerance per valve nameplate and documentation. Comments
Category Number 4.) If fault persists, repeat above steps for L1 and N connections.
5.) If fault persists, replace valve main electronics.
ILK 13 Valve Interlock Out (ILK Valve Interlock Out (ILK OUT) terminal energized while 1.) Measure ILK OUT voltage and verify it does not exist during lockout.
Page 7 of 13
OUT) signal mis-match valve internal ILK relay is not energized. Possible internal 2.) Reset valve and burner management system, observing valve / burner operation. Measure ILK IN and
valve fault, stuck/welded relay or jumper present. ILK OUT voltages and verify proper values during a burner/valve run state.
3.) Remove power and shut-off gas supply as necessary.
4.) Verify no jumpers exist between L1 and valve ILK OUT terminals or ILK IN and ILK OUT terminals.
5.) Verify that ILK IN and ILK OUT are not reversed; check against wiring diagrams in valve installation
instructions, 32-00018.
5.) Replace cover and restore power and gas. Cycle valve and burner and monitor for proper operation in
conjunction with burner management system inputs as in step 2.).
6.) If fault persists, replace valve main electronics.

ILK 14 Valve Interlock In (ILK IN) Valve Interlock In (ILK IN) terminal not energized while MV1 WARNING - Explosion Hazard.
not energized and MV2 are energized. Possible improper burner Can cause severe injury, death or property damage
management timing/wiring, jumper or internal valve fault. 1.) Remove power and shut-off gas supply.
2) Remove valve front electrical enclosure and
a.) Verify no jumpers exist between L1 and MV1 / MV2 and any wiring errors that could provide power to
MV1 / MV2 terminals. Correct any errors.
b.) Verify proper ILK IN and ILK OUT wire routing from and to burner management system; check
against wiring diagrams in valve installation instructions, 32-00018.
c.) Inspect wiring connections for wire engagement, seating, pin engagement and cleanliness.
d.) Check for voltage between L2 / neutral and earth ground at the valve and at the burner management
system. Correct any wiring errors providing a powered ground, floating neutral or improper ground
reference.
3.) Replace cover and restore power (NOT gas). Reset valve and burner management system,
monitoring for proper operation in conjunction with burner management system inputs.
4.) Verify valve ILK IN voltage exists when a call for heat demand is present to burner management
system. Verify valve ILK OUT voltage exists during a burner/valve run state.
5.) If fault persists, replace burner management system or contact manufacturer for advice.
6.) If fault persists, replace valve main electronics.
7 ) When fault is corrected restore gas supply
ILK 16 Valve Interlock Out (ILK Valve Interlock Out (ILK OUT) safety relay internal drive fault 1.) Reset valve and burner management system, observing valve / burner operation.
OUT) relay fault detected. 2.) If fault persists, replace valve main electronics.

Main 17 NA - not shown on HMI NA - not shown on HMI Upon fault detection an immediate reset of electronics follows. If the fault goes away after the reset, it
Electronics would be most likely undetected.

Otherwise if it persists the electronics would continuously go through the reset. In that case replace the
main electronics.
Main 36 Reset button fault Reset button has been pressed too long or is stuck. 1.) Attempt valve reset by depressing and holding button for 2 seconds.
Electronics 2.) If fault persists, replace valve main electronics.
Main 40 Solenoid internal VAC Solenoid 1 and/or solenoid 2 internal feedback VAC signal 1.) Reset valve and burner management system.
Electronics feedback shorted as sensed by valve main electronics. 2.) If fault persists, replace valve main electronics.
Main 46 Analog to digital test The valve main electronics low voltage supply or AD (analog 1.) Reset valve and burner management system.
Electronics failure to digital) converter has failed. 2.) If fault persists, replace valve main electronics.
Main 49 PRESSMOD or There is a power supply fault on the valve main electronics Remove power and shut-off gas supply.
Electronics FARMOD power supply assembly for the Pressure Module and/or Fuel/Air Ratio 1.) Remove valve front electrical enclosure and disconnect Pressure Module and Fuel/Air Ratio Module
fault Module. connections, if present.
2.) Restore power.
3.) Reset valve and burner management system.
4.) If fault persists, replace valve main electronics.
5.) Reconnect Pressure Module (if present) to valve main electronics.
6.) If fault persists, replace Pressure Module.
7.) Reconnect Fuel/Air Ratio Module (if present) to valve main electronics.
8.) If fault persists, replace Fuel/Air Ratio Module.
9.) Accept new Fuel/Air Ratio Module on the FARMOD tab in the Setup & Tests menu of user interface.
10.). Recommission partially or fully as desired.
11.) Replace electrical enclosure cover, restore power and gas supply and reset valve and burner
management system.

Page 8 of 13
Page 128 LAARS Heating Systems
Fault Fault Fault Description Detailed Description Remediation Steps Comments
SV2 Fault
Category Codes (continued)
Number

Main 68 K1 internal relay is stuck MV1 internal K1 relay is stuck closed unexpectedly 1.) Reset valve and attempt system restart.
Electronics closed 2.) If fault persists, replace valve main electronics board. Perform Valve Production Cloning procedure
first, accessed via Setup & Tests menu.

Main 69 K2 internal relay is stuck MV2 internal K2 relay is stuck closed unexpectedly 1.) Reset valve and attempt system restart.
Electronics closed 2.) If fault persists, replace valve main electronics board. Perform Valve Production Cloning procedure
first, accessed via Setup & Tests menu.

Main 90 POC Failure Proof of Closure output shorted to MV Input. 1.) Check for proper wiring between valve and burner controller. Verify the valve POC output terminal is
Electronics not shorted to an MV input terminal. Refer to the installation instructions, 32-00018.
2.) If problem persists, replace the valve main electronics board. Perform Valve Production Cloning
procedure first, accessed via Setup & Tests menu.
3.) Reset valve and burner management system, monitoring for proper operation

MV1 11 MV1 signal fault MV1 (Main Valve 1) terminal signal is not valid. Frequency or Remove power and shut-off gas supply as necessary.
duty is out of expected range. 1.) Remove valve front electrical enclosure and inspect MV1, L1 and N wiring connections for wire
engagement, seating, pin engagement and cleanliness.
2.) Ensure MV1 is wired to proper terminals on burner management system.
3.) Replace cover and restore power and gas. Reset valve and burner management system.
4.) If fault persists, repeat above steps for L1 and N connections on the burner management system.
5.) If fault persists, replace valve main electronics.

MV2 12 MV2 signal fault MV2 (Main Valve 2) terminal signal is not valid. Frequency or Remove power and shut-off gas supply as necessary.
duty is out of expected range. 1.) Remove valve front electrical enclosure and inspect MV2, L1 and N wiring connections for wire
engagement, seating, pin engagement and cleanliness.
2.) Ensure MV2 is wired to proper terminals on burner management system.
3.) Replace cover and restore power and gas. Reset valve and burner management system.
4.) If fault persists, repeat above steps for L1 and N connections on the burner management system.
5.) If fault persists, replace valve main electronics.

Phase 15 Incoming voltages out of Valve incoming L1 VAC to POC or VPS or L1 VAC from 1.) Reset valve and burner management system, monitoring for proper operation.
phase burner management system to valve ILK IN, MV1 / MV2 is 2.) Check the valve power supply to make sure that both frequency and voltage meet the specifications.
out of phase. 3.) Verify that the valve, burner management system and associated devices are fed from the same
phase. If a VFD (variable frequency drive) is present, ensure that it does not share a common neutral or
ground.

POC 10 POC (proof of closure) Valve POC (proof of closure) switch(es) signal is not valid. Remove power and shut-off gas supply as necessary.
switch(es) signal fault Frequency or duty is out of expected range. 1.) Remove valve front electrical enclosure and inspect L1, Neutral, and POC wiring connection for
proper seating, pin engagement and cleanliness. Correct any errors.
2.) Check the valve power supply to make sure that both frequency and voltage meet the specifications.
3.) Replace cover and restore power and gas. Reset valve and burner management system, monitoring
for proper POC operation in conjunction with valve LEDs and burner management system inputs.
4.) If fault persists, replace valve main electronics.

POC 74 POC output signal mis- Valve POC (proof of closure) output terminal to burner Remove power and shut-off gas supply as necessary.
match management control energized while internal POC relay is 1.) Remove valve front electrical enclosure.
not energized. 2.) Inspect external wiring between valve POC terminal and burner management system for proper
seating, pin engagement and cleanliness. Ensure the valve POC terminal is not externally powered.
Or POC output terminal to burner management control not Correct any errors.
energized while POC relay is energized. 3.) Replace cover and restore power and gas. Reset valve and burner management system, monitoring
Fault Fault Fault Description Detailed Description Remediation
for proper POCStepsoperation in conjunction with valve LEDs and burner management system inputs. Comments
Category Number Possible internal fault, malfunction of relay or external 4.) If fault persists, replace valve main electronics.
miswiring of valve.
POC 75 POC (proof of closure) Fault detected in POC 1 switch or its connection to valve Remove power and shut-off gas supply as necessary.
fault for MV1 circuit board. 1.) Remove valve front electrical and rear solenoid enclosures.
2.) Inspect internal wiring between solenoid proof of closure switch 1 and valve electronics. The solenoid
Possible internal fault in electronics interface to POC 1 number is indicated by the direction of flow arrow and number (1) in the valve casting. Ensure the
switch. appropriate solenoid proof of closure connector is placed in the appropriate terminal (POC 1) on the valve
Page 9 of 13
electronics assembly and is properly seated and the wires are not loose.
3.) Replace cover and restore power and gas. Reset valve and burner management system, monitoring
for proper POC operation in conjunction with valve LEDs and burner management system inputs.
4.) If fault persists, replace valve main electronics.
5.) If fault persists, replace entire valve.

POC 76 POC (proof of closure) Fault detected in POC 2 switch or its connection to valve Remove power and shut-off gas supply as necessary.
fault for MV2 circuit board. 1.) Remove valve front electrical and rear solenoid enclosures.
2.) Inspect internal wiring between solenoid proof of closure switch 2 and valve electronics. The solenoid
Possible internal fault in electronics interface to POC 2 number is indicated by the direction of flow arrow and number (2) in the valve casting. Ensure the
switch. appropriate solenoid proof of closure connector is placed in the appropriate terminal (POC 2) on the valve
electronics assembly and is properly seated and the wires are not loose.
3.) Replace cover and restore power and gas. Reset valve and burner management system, monitoring
for proper POC operation in conjunction with valve LEDs and burner management system inputs.
4.) If fault persists, replace valve main electronics.
5.) If fault persists, replace entire valve.

POC 77 POC (proof of closure) of Proof of closure verification procedure not completed. 1.) Ensure the Proof of Closure setup/acceptance procedure has been performed. Go to the Setup &
MV1 not verified Tests screen, select the Settings menu and the Proof of Closure tab. Follow the prompts and 'i' page
information.
2.) Perform the Safety Parameters Verification procedure. Go to Setup & Tests screen, press the button
labeled Verify Safety Parameters and follow the prompts. If this procedure is not completed while logged
in, the valve will lockout when the login times out and the valve will not be operational.

NOTE: The Proof of Closure setup/acceptance and Safety Parameters Verification procedures
validate the POC(s) exist and are properly wired to the valve electronics assembly. They also
validate proper procedure was followed if the valve electronics orientation was swapped or the
valve electronics assembly was replaced in the field.

POC 78 POC (proof of closure) of Proof of closure verification procedure not completed. 1.) Ensure the Proof of Closure setup/acceptance procedure has been performed. Go to the Setup &
MV2 not verified Tests screen, select the Settings menu and the Proof of Closure tab. Follow the prompts and 'i' page
information.
2.) Perform the Safety Parameters Verification procedure. Go to Setup & Tests screen, press the button
labeled Verify Safety Parameters and follow the prompts. If this procedure is not completed while logged
in, the valve will lockout when the login times out and the valve will not be operational.

NOTE: The Proof of Closure setup/acceptance and Safety Parameters Verification procedures
validate the POC(s) exist and are properly wired to the valve electronics assembly. They also
validate proper procedure was followed if the valve electronics orientation was swapped or the
valve electronics assembly was replaced in the field.

POC 80 POC 1 (proof of closure) POC 1 switch output does not match valve seat 1 Remove power and shut-off gas supply as necessary.
incorrect position powered/not powered status. 1.) Remove valve front electrical and rear solenoid enclosures.
detected 2.) Inspect internal wiring between solenoids and valve electronics. The solenoid number is indicated by
Could be due to swapped internal SOLENOID 1/SOLENOID the direction of flow arrow and number (1) in the valve casting. Ensure the appropriate solenoid connector
2 connections or swapped internal POC 1/POC 2 is placed in the appropriate terminal (SOLENOID 1) on the valve electronics assembly.
connections. Can occur if valve electronics orientation is 3.) Inspect internal wiring between solenoid proof of closure switch(es) and valve electronics. The
swapped in field or electronics is replaced in field. solenoid number is indicated by the direction of flow arrow and number (1) in the valve casting. Ensure
the appropriate solenoid proof of closure connector is placed in the appropriate terminal (POC 1) on the
May also be due to failures of POC switch, solenoid or valve electronics assembly.
electronics. 4.) Replace cover and restore power and gas. Reset valve and burner management system, monitoring
for proper POC operation in conjunction with valve LEDs and burner management system inputs.
5.) If fault persists, replace valve main electronics.
6.) If fault persists, replace entire valve.

Page 10 of 13
The OMNITHERM Page 129
Fault Fault Fault Description Detailed Description Remediation Steps Comments
Category Number

POC 81 POC 2 (proof of closure) POC 2 switch output does not match valve seat 2 Remove power and shut-off gas supply as necessary.
incorrect position powered/not powered status. 1.) Remove valve front electrical and rear solenoid enclosures.
detected 2.) Inspect internal wiring between solenoids and valve electronics. The solenoid number is indicated by
Could be due to swapped internal SOLENOID 1/SOLENOID the direction of flow arrow and number (2) in the valve casting. Ensure the appropriate solenoid connector
2 connections or swapped internal POC 1/POC 2 is placed in the appropriate terminal (SOLENOID 2) on the valve electronics assembly.
connections. Can occur if valve electronics orientation is 3.) Inspect internal wiring between solenoid proof of closure switch(es) and valve electronics. The
swapped in field or electronics is replaced in field. solenoid number is indicated by the direction of flow arrow and number (2) in the valve casting. Ensure
the appropriate solenoid proof of closure connector is placed in the appropriate terminal (POC 2) on the
May also be due to failures of POC switch, solenoid or valve electronics assembly.
electronics. 4.) Replace cover and restore power and gas. Reset valve and burner management system, monitoring
for proper POC operation in conjunction with valve LEDs and burner management system inputs.
5.) If fault persists, replace valve main electronics.
6.) If fault persists, replace entire valve.

Pressure 20 Lo-Gas pressure lockout Low gas pressure below threshold. 1.) Reset valve and burner management system, observing burner operation for proper pressures. Warning indicat
Limits 2.) Adjust appliance regulator as necessary. SV2 Series valv
3.) Recommission Low gas pressure setting as necessary. Warning indication for
SV2 Series valve.
Pressure 21 Hi-Gas pressure lockout High gas pressure above threshold. 1.) Reset valve and burner management system, observing burner operation for proper pressures. Warning indicat
Limits 2.) Adjust appliance regulator as necessary. SV2 Series valv
3.) Recommission High gas pressure setting as necessary. Warning indication for
SV2 Series valve.
Pressure 22 Lo-/Hi-Gas pressure not Pressure Module not configured for low and high gas NOTE: Low and High gas pressure settings must be configured before valve will be operational. Warning indicat
Limits configured pressure functions. 1.) Commission Low and High gas pressure settings as necessary. SV2 Series valv
Warning indication for
SV2 Series valve.
Pressure 53 Pressure out of range Pressure out of allowed range. 1.) Verify the Pressure Module rating is correct for the application. Warning indicat
Limits 2.) If the pressure module is correct, reset valve and burner management system, observing burner SV2 Series valv
operation for proper pressures. Warning indication for
3.) Adjust appliance regulator as necessary. SV2 Series valve.
4.) If inlet pressure is higher than Pressure Module rating, remove power and shut off gas supply and
replace Pressure Module with higher rated model.

Pressure 19 Pressure Module reading Pressure Module communication fault or pressure Remove power and shut-off gas supply as necessary.
Module fault measurement reading error. 1.) Remove valve front electrical enclosure and verify the Pressure Module terminating connector is fully
inserted in the socket labeled 'PRESSURE' in the electrical enclosure.
2.) Check for a nearby source of strong electro-magnetic interference. Reset valve and burner
management system when corrected.
3.) Remove Pressure Module from valve body.
4.) Inspect the O-ring provided on the Pressure Module to ensure that it is clean and fully seated in its
oval groove.
5.) Verify the Pressure Module is correctly seated on the valve body locating posts, is flush against the
valve casting and the O-ring is compressed.
6.) Verify the correct mounting location and pressure port are being used for the valve model - refer to
documents 32-00017 and 32-00029.
7.) Recommission Low and High gas pressure settings as necessary.
Pressure 37 Pressure Module over System pressure above Pressure Module rating. 1.) Verify the Pressure Module rating is correct for the application.
Module pressure 2.) If the Pressure Module rating is correct, reset valve and burner management system, observing burner
operation for proper pressures.
3.) Adjust appliance regulator as necessary.
4.) Recommission Low and High gas pressure settings as necessary.
Fault Fault Fault Description Detailed Description Remediation
5.) Test Low and Steps
High gas pressure trip points as necessary. Comments
Category Number 6.) If inlet pressure is higher than Pressure Module rating, remove power and shut off gas supply and
replace Pressure Module with higher rated version.
Security 95 Factory keys are corrupt Factory Key storage is corrupt. Internal micro memory flash Replace valve main electronics board.
corrupted or factory initial key installation missed. Field
recovery not possible.
Security 96 Installer password is not Installer password is not configured (set to default value). Page Installer
Configure 11 of 13password to non-default value.
configured.

Security 97 OEM password is not OEM password is not configured (set to default value). Configure OEM password to non-default value.
configured.

Security 98 Installer account Installer account is temporarily locked down due to too many Wait at least 1 minute before new attempt to login.
temporarily disabled login attempts with wrong password. If message is present with no attempts to login, another device on network might be trying to login. Find
this device and disable it before trying to login.
Security 99 OEM account temporarily OEM account is temporarily locked down due to too many Wait at least 1 minute before new attempt to login.
disabled login attempts with wrong password. If message is present with no attempts to login, another device on network might be trying to login. Find
this device and disable it before trying to login.

Security 100 Installer password reset Installer password reset feature is temporarily disabled due Wait at least 1 minute before new attempt to reset password.
feature temporarily to too many unsuccessful reset attempts. If message is present with no attempts to reset password, another device on network might be trying to
disabled reset password. Find this device and disable it before trying to reset password.

Security 101 OEM password reset OEM password reset feature is temporarily disabled due to Wait at least 1 minute before new attempt to reset password.
feature temporarily too many unsuccessful reset attempts. If message is present with no attempts to reset password, another device on network might be trying to
disabled reset password. Find this device and disable it before trying to reset password.

Security 102 OEM reset password is OEM reset password is not configured although the feature Configure OEM reset password OR disable the OEM password reset feature.
not set. is enabled.

Solenoid 1 0 Solenoid 1 relay fault Solenoid 1 relay was detected closed during SSOV cycle 1.) Reset valve and burner management system, observing valve / burner operation.
test. 2.) If fault persists, replace valve main electronics.

Solenoid 1 1 Solenoid 1 feedback fault Solenoid 1 feedback sensed at valve main electronics while 1.) Reset valve and burner management system, observing valve / burner operation.
MV1 terminal is not energized. 2.) If fault persists, replace valve main electronics.
Possible internal valve electronics fault.

Solenoid 1 2 Solenoid 1 not powered Solenoid 1 feedback not sensed at valve main electronics 1.) Reset valve and burner management system, observing valve / burner operation.
while MV1 terminal is energized. Possible internal valve 2.) If fault persists, replace valve main electronics.
electronics fault.

Solenoid 1 3 Solenoid 1 mode fault Solenoid 1 expected and detected mode do not match. 1.) Reset valve and burner management system, observing valve / burner operation.
2.) If fault persists, replace valve main electronics.

Solenoid 1 4 Solenoid 1 signal fault Solenoid 1 terminal signal is not valid. Frequency or duty is Remove power and shut-off gas supply as necessary.
out of expected range. 1.) Remove valve front electrical enclosure and inspect SOLENOID 1 and MV1 wiring connections for
wire engagement, seating, pin engagement and cleanliness.
2.) Ensure MV1 is wired to proper terminals on burner management system.
3.) Replace cover and restore power and gas. Reset valve and burner management system..
4.) Measure MV1 voltage for proper tolerance per valve nameplate and documentation.
5.) If fault persists, repeat above steps for L1 and N connections.
6.) If fault persists, replace valve main electronics.

Solenoid 2 5 Solenoid 2 feedback fault Solenoid 2 feedback sensed at valve main electronics while 1.) Reset valve and burner management system, observing valve / burner operation.
MV2 terminal is not energized. 2.) If fault persists, replace valve main electronics.
Possible internal valve electronics fault.

Solenoid 2 6 Solenoid 2 not powered Solenoid 2 feedback not sensed at valve main electronics 1.) Reset valve and burner management system, observing valve / burner operation.
while MV2 terminal is energized. 2.) If fault persists, replace valve main electronics.
Possible internal valve electronics fault.
Page 130 LAARS Heating Systems
Fault Fault Fault Description Detailed Description Remediation Steps Comments

SV2 Fault Codes (continued)


Category Number

Solenoid 2 7 Solenoid 2 signal fault Solenoid 2 terminal signal is not valid. Frequency or duty is Remove power and shut-off gas supply as necessary.
out of expected range. 1.) Remove valve front electrical enclosure and inspect SOLENOID 2 and MV2 wiring connections for
wire engagement, seating, pin engagement and cleanliness.
2.) Ensure MV2 is wired to proper terminals on burner management system.
3.) Replace cover and restore power and gas. Reset valve and burner management system.
4.) Measure MV2 voltage for proper tolerance per valve nameplate and documentation.
5.) If fault persists, repeat above steps for L1 and N connections.
6.) If fault persists, replace valve main electronics.
Solenoid 2 8 Solenoid 2 mode fault Solenoid 2 expected and detected mode do not match. 1.) Reset valve and burner management system, observing valve / burner operation.
2.) If fault persists, replace valve main electronics.

Verification 47 Safety parameter One or more safety parameters have been modified and/or Perform safety parameters verification procedure.
Needed verification waiting for verification procedure. Go to Setup & Tests screen, press button Verify Safety Parameters.

VPS 62 VPS Test Failure Valve 1 proving sequence has failed. 1.) Check the piping train (is MSOV closed, piping flanges tight, O-ring leakage), main electronics wiring Warning indication
and Pressure Module connection to it. For wiring, refer to the installation instructions, 32-00018. Reset SV2 Series valve.
Warning indication for SV2 valve and repeat the VPS test. condition will likely
Series valve. But this condition 2.) If fault persists, check system gas pressure and repeat the VPS test. a burner controller
will likely cause a burner 3.) If fault persists, replace Pressure Module. lockout.
controller lockout. 4.) Accept new Pressure Module on the PRESSMOD tab in the Setup & Tests menu.
5.) Recommission the Hi-Gas and Lo-Gas pressure limits. Repeat leak detection test.
4.) If fault persists, replace valve.
VPS 63 VPS Test Failure Valve 2 proving sequence has failed. 1.) Check the piping train (is MSOV closed, piping flanges tight, O-ring leakage), main electronics wiring Warning indication
and Pressure Module connection to it. For wiring, refer to the installation instructions, 32-00018. Reset SV2 Series valve.
valve and repeat the VPS test. condition will likely
Warning indication for SV2 2.) If fault persists, check system gas pressure and repeat the VPS test. a burner controller
Series valve. But this condition
3.) If fault persists, replace Pressure Module. lockout.
will likely cause a burner
4.) Accept new Pressure Module on the PRESSMOD tab in the Setup & Tests menu.
controller lockout.
5.) Recommission the Hi-Gas and Lo-Gas pressure limits. Repeat leak detection test.
4.) If fault persists, replace valve.

Page 13 of 13
The OMNI
Final THERM
Assembly (Models 1250, 1500, 1750, 2000, 2500 and 3000) Page 131

SECTION 14 Replacement
2 Parts5 6 3
Use only genuine Manufacturer replacement parts.
14.A General Information
To order or purchase parts, contact your nearest manufacturers dealer or
distributor. (See the back cover of this manual for the manufacturers website).

14.B Component Illustrations, Parts Lists, and Part Numbers

Final Assembly (Models 1250, 1500, 1750, 2000, 2500 and 3000)

2 5 6 3

5 6 3

5 6 3

4
FARMOD & FILTER BACK VIEW

FARMOD & FILTER BACK VIEW

Final Assembly Part Numbers Part Number


Final Assembly Part Numbers Part Number
Item No. Description 1250 & 1500 1750 - 3000
Item No. Description 1250 & 1500 1750 - 3000
1 1 Spark Generator
Spark Generator R2086900 R2086900
2 2 Valve Display
Valve Display R2082600 R2082600
3 FARMod, Tubes R2084500 R2084600
3 FARMod, Tubes R2084500 R2084600
4 Condensate Switch 40N2008
4 Condensate Switch R2084700
40N2008
5 FARMod, Filter
5 6 FARMod,
FARModFilter R2084800 R2084700
6 FARMod R2084800
Page 132 LAARS Heating Systems

Jacket Assembly (Models 1250 and 1500)

10 11
12

5 2 7 1 4

Parts List
ITEM
NO. DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER
1 PANEL, JACKET, REAR 150S3005
2 PANEL, ACCESS, FLUE 150S302601
3 FILTER ASSY, AIR INTAKE 150S2610
4 PANEL, JACKET, RIGHT 150S3006
5 PANEL, JACKET, LEFT 150S3007
6 PANEL, JACKET, TOP 150S3008
7 ACCESS PANEL 150S3013
8 DOOR ASSY, LOWER 150S3024
9 DISPLAY, PANEL R2083400
10 DISPLAY, CONTROL R2082800
11 POWER SWITCH R2083200
12 FILTER, AIR REPLACEMENT A2121700
The OMNITHERM Page 133

Jacket Parts (Model 1750)

8 10 3

15
7

11

14

1 6

9 12

PARTS LIST

ITEM NO. DESCRIPTION PART NO.

1 DOOR ASSY, DISPLAY 175S3102


2 DOOR ASSY, LOWER 175S3104
3 FILTER ASSY, AIR INTAKE 250S2500
4 PANEL, JACKET, RIGHT, LOWER 175S3002
5 PANEL, JACKET, LEFT, LOWER 175S3018
6 PANEL, JACKET, RIGHT, UPPER 175S3004
7 PANEL, JACKET, LEFT, UPPER 175S3016
8 PANEL, JACKET, TOP 300S3005
9 ACCESS PANEL 300S3013
10 PANEL, JACKET, REAR 175S300100
11 PANEL, ACCESS, FLUE, TOP 175S302401
12 PANEL, ACCESS, FLUE, BOTTOM 175S302501
13 SWITCH, POWER R2083200
14 DISPLAY, TOUCHSCREEN, SIT R2082800
15 FILTER, AIR REPLACEMENT A2121700
Page 134 Jacket Parts (Models 2000 and
2500) LAARS Heating Systems
Jacket Parts (Models 2000 and 2500)
Jacket Parts (Model 3000)

9 9 10 4 16
10 4 1016 4 16
9

6 6
6
11 11
5 5 11
5

3 3 8
3 8
8

2 2 2
7
7 7
14 14 14

15 15 15

13 12
1 1 1
13 13 12 12

PARTSPARTS
Jacket LIST(Models 2000
Parts
LIST andJacket
PARTS 2500) Parts (Model 3000)
LIST
ITEM NO.
ITEM NO. DESCRIPTION
DESCRIPTION ITEM NO. PARTPART
DESCRIPTIONNO. NO. PART NO.
1 DOORDOOR 1 9
DOOR ASSY, LOWER 300S3104
1 ASSY, ASSY,
LOWER LOWER 300S3104
300S3104 10 4 16
2 2 DOOR 9ASSY, DISPLAY2
DOOR ASSY, DISPLAY DOOR ASSY, DISPLAY 300S3102
300S3102 10 4 300S3102
16
3 DOOR ASSEMBLY 3 UPPER DOOR
6 ASSEMBLY UPPER 250S3023 300S3118
3 DOOR ASSEMBLY UPPER 250S3023
4 FILTER ASSY, AIR4 INTAKEFILTER ASSY, AIR INTAKE250S2500 300S2500
4 FILTER ASSY, AIR INTAKE 250S2500
5 PANEL,
6 JACKET, LEFT, LOWER JACKET, LEFT, LOWER
300S3018 1
5 PANEL, JACKET, LEFT,5LOWERPANEL, 300S3018 300S3018
6 PANEL, SIDE, UPPER LEFT5 250S3021
6 6
PANEL, SIDE, UPPER LEFT PANEL, SIDE, UPPER LEFT
250S3021 300S3016
7 PANEL, JACKET, RIGHT, LOWER 300S3002 11
7 PANEL,5 JACKET, RIGHT,7 LOWER PANEL, JACKET, RIGHT, LOWER
300S3002 300S3002
8 PANEL, SIDE, UPPER RIGHT 3 250S3004 8
8 8
PANEL, SIDE, UPPER RIGHT PANEL, SIDE, UPPER RIGHT
250S3004 300S3004
9 PANEL, JACKET, TOP 300S3005
9 PANEL, JACKET, TOP 9 PANEL, JACKET, TOP300S3005 300S3005
10 PANEL,
3 JACKET, REAR 250S300100
10 PANEL, JACKET, REAR 10 2
PANEL, JACKET, 250S300100
REAR 300S3001 8
11 PANEL, ACCESS, FLUE, TOP 250S302401 7
11 PANEL, ACCESS, FLUE, TOP PANEL, ACCESS, FLUE,
11FLUE, 250S302401
TOP 300S3019
12 PANEL, ACCESS, BOTTOM 250S302501
12 2
13PANEL,ACCESS
ACCESS, FLUE,
PANEL12BOTTOM PANEL,
14 250S302501
ACCESS, FLUE, BOTTOM
300S3013 300S3020
13 14ACCESS PANEL SIT 13
DISPLAY, ACCESS PANEL 300S3013
R2082800 300S3013 7
14 15 DISPLAY, SIT
SWITCH, POWER
14 14 DISPLAY, SIT R2082800
R2083200 R2082800
15
15 16SWITCH, POWER
FILTER, AIR 15 SWITCH, POWER R2083200A2121700 R2083200
16 FILTER, AIR 16 FILTER, AIR A2121700 13 12
A2121700
15 1
The OMNITHERM Page 135

Control Panel Assembly (Models 1250, 1500, 1750, 2000, 2500 and 3000)

3 1

PARTS LIST
ITEM DESCRIPTION PART NO.
NO.
1 SWITCH, CUTOFF, LOW WATER E2387600
2 BOARD, CONTROL R2082700
3 TRANSFORMER ASSY, 120-24V, 75 VA 150S7019
4 FAN, COMPACT AC AXIAL E2392600
5 RELAY, REPLACEMENT, 110V, SLIM E2385500
Page 136 LAARS Heating Systems

Heat Exchanger Assembly (Models 1250 and 1500)

10

8 3 1
SEERefractory
See RFC TILE
WARNING
Ceramic Fibers
ON PAGEin7
Warning 9
Section "1.D
Safety Notes"

4
7

PARTS LIST
ITEM
DESCRIPTION 1250 1500 PART NO.
NO.
1 SHROUD ASSEMBLY 1 1 R2082901
1 - 125S2141
2 HEAT EXCHANGER
- 1 150S2141
3 BLANKET, INSULATION 1 1 150S218201
4 TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1 1 E2387700
5 VICTAULIC COUPLING 2 2 P2101300
6 RFC TILE ASSY, TOP 1 1 R2085600
7 RFC TILE ASSY, BOTTOM 1 1 R2085700
8 BAFFLE 24 24 150S2609
9 CLAMP ASSEMBLY 6 6 150S2164
10 GASKET, TADPOLE 2 2 S2131304
The OMNITHERM Page 137

Heat Exchanger Assembly (Models 1750, 2000, 2500 and 3000)

6
2
1 11 3

7 10
See Refractory
Ceramic Fibers
SEEWarning
RFC TILEin
9
WARNING
Section "1.D
Safety Notes" 4

PARTS LIST
ITEM DESCRIPTION 1750 2000 2500 3000 PART NO.
NO.
1 - - - 175S2050
1 HEAT EXCHANGER - 1 1 - 250S2050
- - - 1 300S2050
1 - - - R2083701
2 SHROUD ASSEMBLY - 1 1 - R2083802
- - - 1 R2083900
1 - - - 175S217901
3 BLANKET, INSULATION - 1 1 - 250S222901
- - - 1 300S220801
4 TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1 E2387700
5 VICTAULIC COUPLING 2 P2109800
PRV, 30 PSI 1 A2124000
PRV, 50 PSI 1 A2124005
PRV, 60 PSI 1 A2124004
6
PRV, 75 PSI 1 A2124009
PRV, 125 PSI 1 A2124013
PRV, 150 PSI 1 A2124014
7 RFC TILE ASSY, TOP 1 R2085800
8 RFC TILE ASSY, BOTTOM 1 R2085900
42 - - - 175S2609
9 BAFFLE - 42 42 - 250S2609
- - - 42 300S2609
10 CLAMP ASSEMBLY 5 6 6 5 250S2102
11 GASKET, TADPOLE 2 S2131305
Page 138 LAARS Heating Systems

Gas Train Assembly (Models 1250 and 1500)

CSD-1
Version

4
2 3

NOTES:

1. APPLY THREAD SEALANT TO ALL MALE


NPT THREADS BEFORE ASSEMBLY

2. O-RINGS INCLUDED WITH GAS VALVE.

3. ITEM 6 FOR USE IN MASSACHUSETS

Parts List
QTY PART NO. DESCRIPTION ITEM NO.
1 R2004000 SWITCH, HIGH GAS PRESSURE 1
1 V2028100 GAS VALVE 2
2 R2085100 O-RING 3
1 R2004100 SWITCH, LOW GAS PRESSURE 4
1 P2112100 FITTING, ADAPTER, 8mm TUBE TO 1/8" NPT, 316 SST 5
1 KM008800 REGULATOR, GAS, 210E, 2" X 2", MAXITROL 6
The OMNITHERM Page 139

Gas Train Assembly (Models 1750, 2000, 2500 and 3000)


2

5
3

CSD-1
Version

NOTES:

1. APPLY THREAD SEALANT TO ALL MALE 6


NPT THREADS BEFORE ASSEMBLY

2. O-RINGS INCLUDED WITH GAS VALVE

3. ITEM 6 FOR USE IN MASSACHUSETS

PARTS LIST

1750-2500 3000 PART NO. DESCRIPTION ITEM


NO.

1 R2004000 SWITCH, HIGH GAS PRESSURE 1


1 - V2026300
GAS VALVE 2
- 1 V2028600
2 R2085200 O-RING 3
1 R2004100 SWITCH, LOW GAS PRESSURE 4
1 P2112100 FITTING, ADAPTER, 8mm TUBE TO 1/8" NPT, 316 SST 5
1 KM008800 REGULATOR, GAS, 210E, 2" X 2", MAXITROL 6
Page 140 LAARS Heating Systems

Blower Burner Assembly (Models 1250 and 1500)


9
10
11B 12

11A
15
16

5
6
13
8
14 6
3
13

7 4

Parts List
ITEM
DESCRIPTION 1250 1500
NO.
1 BURNER L2018804
2 GASKET, BURNER FLANGE S2132900
3 GASKET, IGNITER-SENSOR S2131900
4 BACKER PLATE, GASKET, IGNITER-SENSOR 150S5048
5 IGNITER-FLAME SENSE (includes gaskets and hardware) R2083000
6 SCREW, 10-32 x 1/2" SHCS, ZINC F2057200
7 GASKET, BURNER S2131100
8 O-RING, 3/16, 5 7/8 ID, EPDM 150S5010
BLOWER, 120V MODELS A2124400
9
BLOWER, 208 & 220/240V MODELS A2134400
10 O-RING, BLOWER, OMT 300S5039
11A MIXER ASSEMBLY, FRONT R2084301
11B MIXER ASSEMBLY, REAR R2084400
12 FITTING, ADAPTER, 8mm TUBE TO 1/8" NPT, 316 SST P2112100
13 GASKET, GAS MIXER S2132800
14 ORIFICE, INSERT, GAS (INCLUDES GASKETS) R2084001 R2084003
15 ORIFICE, INSERT, AIR (INCLUDES GASKETS) R2084101 R2084102
16 AIR STRAIGHTENER R2084200
The OMNITHERM Page 141

Blower Burner Assembly (Models 1750, 2000 and 2500)

8 10
9B

13
9A

14

11 5
6
11 12

3 4

PART NUMBERS
ITEM
DESCRIPTION SIZE 1750 SIZE 2000 SIZE 2500
NO.
1 BURNER L2021803 L2021801 L2021801

2 GASKET, BURNER 300S2020

3 GASKET, ADAPTER FLANGE 300S2019

4 IGNITOR, SPARK, WITH FLAME SENSOR R2083100

5 SCREW, 8-32 x .375", SHCS, ZINC F2057300

6 GASKET, BLOWER OUTLET FLANGE 400S6904

BLOWER, 120V MODELS A2134500 A2134500 N/A


7
BLOWER, 208-600V MODELS A2132700

8 O-RING, BLOWER 300S5039

9A MIXER ASSY, FRONT R2084302

9B MIXER ASSY, REAR R2084400

10 FITTING, ADAPTER, 8mm TUBE TO 1/8" NPT P2112100

11 GASKET, GAS MIXER S2132800

12 ORIFICE INSERT, GAS (INCLUDES GASKETS) R2084002 R2084003 R2084004

13 ORIFICE, INSERT, AIR (INCLUDES GASKETS) R2084102 R2084103 R2084104

14 AIR STRAIGHTENER R2084200


Page 142 LAARS Heating Systems

Blower Burner Assembly (Model 3000)

6 9
8B
7 8A
12
13

10
5 11
10
4
3

PART NUMBERS
ITEM
DESCRIPTION P/N
NO.
1 BURNER L2021802
2 GASKET, BURNER 300S2020
3 GASKET, ADAPTER FLANGE 300S2019

4 IGNITOR, SPARK, WITH FLAME SENSOR R2083100


5 GASKET, BLOWER OUTLET FLANGE 400S6904
BLOWER, 208V MODEL A2133900
6
BLOWER, 480-600V MODELS A2133901
7 O-RING, BLOWER 300S5039
8A MIXER ASSY, FRONT R2084302

8B MIXER ASSY, REAR R2084400


9 FITTING, ADAPTER, 8mm TUBE TO 1/8" NPT P2112100
10 GASKET, GAS MIXER S2132800
11 ORIFICE INSERT, GAS (INCLUDES GASKETS) R2084004
12 ORIFICE, INSERT, AIR (INCLUDES GASKETS) R2084104

13 AIR STRAIGHTENER R2084200


The OMNITHERM Page 143

AC Distribution Box (Models 1250 and 1500)

220/240V
SECONDARY
H1 - H4
PRIMARY
X1 - X4

3
4
5
1
3 208V
2

Bill of Material
ITEM 208V 1Ø 220/240V
NO. DESCRIPTION PART NO. QTY 1Ø QTY
1 CIRCUIT BREAKER, 7 AMP, PANEL MOUNT E2378600 1 1
2 DIN RAIL ASSY, 208/220/240V 1Ø 300S731702 1 1
TRANSFORMER, 208 X 416 PRIM, 120 X 240 SEC, 500 VA, 50/60HZ E2385300 1 -
3
TRANSFORMER, 240 X 480 PRIM, 120 X 240 SEC, 500 VA, 50/60HZ E2384000 - 1
4 CIRCUIT BREAKER, 2 POLE, 3.0A, DIN RAIL MNT E2355100 1 1
5 POWER RELAY, COMBO, FLANGE/DIN RAIL MOUNT E2367900 1 1
6 WIRE HARNESS ASSY, 208-220-240V 1Ø (not shown) 150S7402 1 1
Page 144 LAARS Heating Systems

AC Distribution Box, Single Phase (Models 1750, 2000 and 2500)

2 5
4
6

PARTS TABLE AC DISTRIBUTION BOX, 1Ø, MODELS 1750, 2000, AND 2500
ITEM DESCRIPTION 120V 208V 220/240V PART NO.
NO. QTY QTY QTY
TRANSFORMER, 208 X 416 PRIM, 120 X 240 SEC, 500 VA, 50/60HZ - 1 - E2385300
1
TRANSFORMER, 240 X 480 PRIM, 120 X 240 SEC, 500 VA, 50/60HZ - - 1 E2384000
2 CIRCUIT BREAKER, 7 AMP, PANEL MOUNT - 1 1 E2378600
3 FAN, AXIAL, 4-11/16" SQUARE, 1-1/12" DEEP, 115VAC - 1 1 E2376300
4 DIN RAIL ASSY, 208/220/240V 1Ø - 1 1 300S731702
5 CIRCUIT BREAKER, 2 POLE, 3.0 A, DIN RAIL MNT - 1 1 E2355100
6 POWER RELAY, COMBO, FLANGE/DIN RAIL MOUNT - 1 1 E2367900
7 CORD SET, AXIAL FAN, 90 DEG HEAD, 24" LEAD (not shown) - 1 1 E2376500

WIRE HARNESS ASSY, 120V, 1Ø (not shown) 1 - - 250S7401


8
WIRE HARNESS ASSY, 208-220-240V 1Ø (not shown) - 1 1 250S7402
The OMNITHERM Page 145

AC Distribution Box, Three Phase (Model 2500)

11 12
8

5 7
6

1
2

PARTS TABLE AC DISTRIBUTION BOX, 3Ø, MODELS 2500


ITEM 208V 480V 575/600V
NO. DESCRIPTION QTY QTY QTY PART NO.

1 FAN, AXIAL, 4-11/16" SQUARE, 1-1/2" DEEP, 115VAC 1 1 1 E2376300


TRANSFORMER, 208 X 416 PRIM, 120 X 240 SEC, 500 VA, 50/60HZ 1 - - E2385300
2
TRANSFORMER, HPS, SP2000ACP, Prim 600/480V, Sec 120x240 - 1 1 E2382900
3 TRANSFORMER, HPS, SP500ACP, Prim 600/480V, Sec 120x240 - 1 1 E2383000
4 CIRCUIT BREAKER, 12 APM, PANEL MOUNT - 1 1 E2383400
5 CIRCUIT BREAKER, 7 AMP, PANEL MOUNT 1 1 1 E2378600
DIN RAIL ASSY, 208V 3Ø 1 - - 300S731703
6 DIN RAIL ASSY, 480V 3Ø - 1 - 300S731704
DIN RAIL ASSY, 575-600V 3Ø - - 1 300S731705
7 POWER RELAY, COMBO, FLANGE/DIN RAIL MOUNT 1 1 1 E2367900
CIRCUIT BREAKER, 2 POLE, 3.0A, DIN RAIL MNT 1 - E2355100
8
CIRCUIT BREAKER, 2 POLE, 1.6A, DIN RAIL MNT - 1 - E2382700
9 CORD SET, AXIAL FAN, 90 DEG HEAD, 24" LEAD (not shown) 1 1 1 E2376500
WIRE HARNESS ASSY, 208V 3Ø (not shown) 1 - - 250S7403
10 WIRE HARNESS ASSY, 480V 3Ø (not shown) - 1 - 250S7404
WIRE HARNESS ASSY, 575/600V 3Ø (not shown) - - 1 250S7405
11 FUSE, CURRENT LIMITING, 600VAC, 2.5A, CLASS CC - - 2 E2400100
12 FUSE HOLDER, MODULAR, CLASS CC, 2-POLE - - 1 E2400200
Page 146 LAARS Heating Systems

AC Distribution Box, (Model 3000)

4
9
3
2
8

11 10

PARTS TABLE AC DISTRIBUTION BOX, MODEL 3000


ITEM NO. DESCRIPTION 208V 480V 600V PART NO.
TRANSFORMER, HPS, P006QKKF, Prim 600/480V, Sec
1 - - 1 E2383300
480Y/277V
TRANSFORMER, 208 X 416 PRIM, 120 X 240 SEC, 500 VA,
50/60HZ 1 - - E2385300
2
TRANSFORMER, HPS, SP500ACP, Prim 600/480V, Sec 120x240 - 1 1 E2383000
3 CONTACTOR, 3P, 120V COIL 1 1 1 E2353000
4 CIRCUIT BREAKER, 7 AMP, PANEL MOUNT 1 1 1 E2378600
5 FAN, AXIAL, 4-11/16" SQUARE, 1-1/2" DEEP, 115VAC 1 1 1 E2376300
6 CORD SET, AXIAL FAN, 90 DEG HEAD, 24" LEAD (not shown) 1 1 1 E2376500
WIRE HARNESS ASSY, 208V, 3Ø, OMT 3.0 (not shown) 1 - - 300S7401
7 WIRE HARNESS ASSY, 480V, 3Ø, OMT 3.0 (not shown) - 1 - 300S7402
WIRE HARNESS ASSY, 600V, 3Ø, OMT 3.0 (not shown) - - 1 300S7403
CIRCUIT BREAKER, 3 POLE, 480V 10.0A, DIN RAIL MNT - - 1 E2383500
8 CIRCUIT BREAKER, 2 POLE, 3.0A, DIN RAIL MNT 1 - - E2355100
CIRCUIT BREAKER, 2 POLE, 1.6A, DIN RAIL MNT - 1 - E2382700
DIN RAIL ASSY, 600V, 3Ø, OMT 3.0 - - 1 300S731708
9 DIN RAIL ASSY, 208 - 240V, 3Ø, OMT 3.0 1 - - 300S731706
DIN RAIL ASSY, 480V, 3Ø, OMT 3.0 - 1 - 300S731707
10 FUSE HOLDER, MODULAR, CLASS CC, 2-POLE - - 1 E2400200
11 FUSE, CURRENT LIMITING, 600VAC, 2.5A, CLASS CC - - 2 E2400100
The OMNITHERM Page 147

Water Outlet Assembly (Models 1250 and 1500)

Water Outlet Assembly


2 (Models 1250 and 1500)

11 2

11 8
10
8
9
10

9
5
7
1
5
7
1
4
3 6

PARTS LIST 4
ITEM 3 6 HYDRONIC VOL WAT
NO. DESCRIPTION QTY QTY PART NO.
1 VALVE, SHUT OFF, 3/4" NPT, BRASS PARTS LIST 1 1 R10-143
ITEM
2 FLOW SWITCH KIT HYDRONIC
1 VOL1WAT 150S4030
NO. DESCRIPTION QTY QTY PART NO.
3 WELL, IMMERSION, 1/2" NPT 1 1 RE2058300
1 VALVE, SHUT OFF, 3/4" NPT, BRASS 1 1 R10-143
4 SENSOR, TEMPERATURE 1 1 E2371200
2 FLOW SWITCH KIT 1 1 150S4030
NIPPLE, CLOSE, SS, 3/4" NPT - 1 P2070700
5
3 WELL, IMMERSION, 1/2" NPT 1 1 RE2058300
NIPPLE, CLOSE, BLK, 3/4" NPT 1 - P0014100
4 SENSOR, TEMPERATURE 1 1 E2371200
PLUG, PIPE, 1/2 NPT, HEX HEAD, SST 316 ASME - 1 P2084800
6 NIPPLE, CLOSE, SS, 3/4" NPT - 1 P2070700
5 PLUG, 1/2" STEEL 1 - P2016000
NIPPLE, CLOSE, BLK, 3/4" NPT 1 - P0014100
PLUG, 1/4" NPT, 316 SS, CLASS 150 - 1 P2104000
7 PLUG, PIPE, 1/2 NPT, HEX HEAD, SST 316 ASME - 1 P2084800
6 PLUG, HD. 1/4" NPT, SQ SOCKET, BLK 1 - P2014200
PLUG, 1/2" STEEL 1 - P2016000
30, 50, 60 psi -
GAUGE, TEMP/PRESSURE,
PLUG, 1/4" 70°F 150
NPT, 316 SS, CLASS MAX LO-320°F MIN HI, 0-230 PSI 1- 1
1 P2104000
RA0079000
7
8 PLUG, HD. 1/4" NPT, SQ SOCKET, BLK 1 - P2014200
75, 125, 150
GAUGE, TEMP/PRESSURE, 70°F MAX LO-320°F MIN HI, 0-90 PSI 1 1 psi
30, -50,
R0060600
60 psi -
GAUGE, TEMP/PRESSURE, 70°F MAX LO-320°F MIN HI, 0-230 PSI 1 1 RA0079000
8 BUSHING, 1 1/4" NPT X 3/4", 316 SS 1 1 P2072200
9 75, 125, 150
BUSHING,TEMP/PRESSURE,
GAUGE, 1 1/4 NPT X 1 NPT, 316
70°F SS LO-320°F MIN HI, 0-90 PSI
MAX 1
1 1
1 P2069000
psi - R0060600
NIPPLE, PIPE 3/4 NPT CLOSE 316 SS 1 1 P2070700
BUSHING, 1 1/4" NPT X 3/4", 316 SS 1 1 P2072200
10
9 NIPPLE, 1" NPT X CLOSE, SS 1 1 P2081500
BUSHING, 1 1/4 NPT X 1 NPT, 316 SS 1 1 P2069000
NIPPLE, 1 1/4 NPT X 1 5/8 CLOSE, 316 SS 1 1 P2069202
NIPPLE, PIPE 3/4 NPT CLOSE 316 SS 1 1 P2070700
VALVE, PRV, APOLLO 10-604-34 150 PSI 3/4 X 3/4 NPT 3,116 KBTU/HR 1 1 A2124014
10 NIPPLE, 1" NPT X CLOSE, SS 1 1 P2081500
VALVE, PRV, APOLLO 10-604-25 125 PSI 3/4 X 3/4 NPT 2,639 KBTU/HR 1 1 A2124013
NIPPLE, 1 1/4 NPT X 1 5/8 CLOSE, 316 SS 1 1 P2069202
VALVE, PRV, APOLLO 10-604-15 75 PSI 3/4 X 3/4 NPT 1,686 KBTU/HR 1 1 A2124012
VALVE, PRV, APOLLO 10-604-34 150 PSI 3/4 X 3/4 NPT 3,116 KBTU/HR 1 1 A2124014
11 VALVE, PRV, APOL LO 10-615-12 60 PSI 1 X 1-1/4 NPT 2,657 KBTU/HR 1 1 A2124004
VALVE, PRV, APOLLO 10-604-25 125 PSI 3/4 X 3/4 NPT 2,639 KBTU/HR 1 1 A2124013
VALVE, PRV, APOLLO 10-615-10 50 PSI 1 X 1-1/4 NPT 2,295 KBTU/HR 1 1 A2124010
VALVE, PRV, APOLLO 10-604-15 75 PSI 3/4 X 3/4 NPT 1,686 KBTU/HR 1 1 A2124012
11 VALVE, PRV, APOLLO 10-616-05 30 PSI 1-1/4 X 1-1/2 NPT 2,716
VALVE,
KBTU/HRPRV, APOL LO 10-615-12 60 PSI 1 X 1-1/4 NPT 2,657 KBTU/HR 1 1 A2124000
A2124004
VALVE, PRV, APOLLO 10-615-10 50 PSI 1 X 1-1/4 NPT 2,295 KBTU/HR 1 1 A2124010
VALVE, PRV, APOLLO 10-616-05 30 PSI 1-1/4 X 1-1/2 NPT 2,716
KBTU/HR 1 1 A2124000
2

9
The OMNITHERM

Water Outlet Assembly (Models 1750, 2000, 2500 and 3000)


8
3 2 All Manuals (Install &
Operate, Start Up, and
Service Manuals) can
9 be downloaded at

8
3
5 1
7
www.laars.com
6
For Laars Product and
Service VIDEOS
5 1
7

6 4

4 https://www.youtube.c o m /
user/laarsHeating

PARTS LIST
ITEM HYDRONIC VOL WAT
DESCRIPTION PART NO.
NO. QTY. QTY
1 VALVE, SHUT OFF, 3/4" NPT, BRASS 1 1 R10-143
PARTS LIST
2 FLOW SWITCH KIT 1 1 250S4030
ITEM HYDRONIC VOL WAT
DESCRIPTION PART NO.
3
NO. WELL, IMMERSION, 1/2" NPT QTY. 1
QTY 1 RE2058300
41 VALVE, SHUT
SENSOR, OFF, 3/4" NPT, BRASS
TEMPERATURE 1 11 R10-143
1 E2371200
2 FLOW SWITCH KIT 1 1 250S4030
NIPPLE, CLOSE, BLK, 3/4" NPT 1 - P0014100
53 WELL, IMMERSION, 1/2" NPT 1 1 RE2058300
NIPPLE, 3/4 NPT, CLOSE, 316 SS - 1 P2070700
4 SENSOR, TEMPERATURE 1 1 E2371200
PLUG, PIPE, 1/2 NPT, HEX HEAD, SST 316 ASME
NIPPLE, CLOSE, BLK, 3/4" NPT 1
-- 1
P0014100
P2084800
65
PLUG,
NIPPLE, 1/2" STEEL
3/4 NPT, CLOSE, 316 SS - 11 -
ColorP2070700 P2016000
The AHRI Certified™ mark is designe
PLUG, 2" NPT,
PLUG, PIPE, 316 SS,
1/2 NPT, HEXCLASS
HEAD, 150
SST 316 ASME - -1 1
P2084800 P2103300
76 contained. Artwork is provided for y
PLUG, PIPE,
PLUG, 1/2" 2" NPT, STEEL
STEEL 1 1- -
P2016000 P2109300Select the appropriate file for use ba
PLUG, 2"1/4"
PLUG, NPT,NPT,
316 SS,
316CLASS 150 150
SS, CLASS - -1 P2103300
1 P2104000please contact AHRI’s Certification P
87 PLUG, PIPE, 2" NPT, STEEL 1 - P2109300
PLUG, HD. 1/4" NPT, SQ SOCKET, BLK 1 - P2014200
PLUG, 1/4" NPT, 316 SS, CLASS 150 - 1 P2104000
8 30, 50,
Generic Marketing Application 60 psi - P
GAUGE,
PLUG, HD.TEMP/PRESSURE, 70°FBLK
1/4" NPT, SQ SOCKET, MAX LO-320°F MIN HI, 0-230 PSI
1 1- 1
P2014200 RA0079000
PMS 300, C=100,
30, 50, 60 M=42,
psiY=0,
- K=0, R=0, G=101, B=189, HTML: #0065BD P
9 GAUGE, TEMP/PRESSURE, 70°F MAX LO-320°F MIN HI, 0-230 PSI 1 1 or Black.
RA0079000 75, 125, 150 H
9 GAUGE, TEMP/PRESSURE, 70°F MAX LO-320°F MIN HI, 0-90 PSI 1 1 psi - R0060600
75, 125, 150
GAUGE, TEMP/PRESSURE, 70°F MAX LO-320°F MIN HI, 0-90 PSI 1 1 psi - R0060600

Dimensions and specifications subject to change without notice in accordance with our policy of continuous product improvement.
H2408400C

HLW

If the mark MUST reverse out of a dark background use the PMS® 300 mark, or the
Customer Service and Product Support: 800.900.9276 • Fax
black mark. All marks have 800.559.1583
a white outline. I
Headquarters: 20 Industrial Way, Rochester, NH, USA 03867 • 603.335.6300 • Fax 603.335.3355 t
w
9 Brigden Gate, Halton Hills, Ontario, Canada L7G 0A3 (905) 203-0600 Fax: (905) 636-0666
www.Laars.com Litho in U.S.A. © Laars 21-03 Document 1464C